ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Ihre E-Mail wurde erfolgreich gesendet. Bitte prüfen Sie Ihren Maileingang.

Leider ist ein Fehler beim E-Mail-Versand aufgetreten. Bitte versuchen Sie es erneut.

Vorgang fortführen?

Exportieren
Filter
  • Bücher  (134)
  • Englisch  (97)
  • Deutsch  (37)
  • Unbestimmte Sprache  (2)
  • Chinesisch  (1)
  • Finnisch
  • Spanisch
  • 2015-2019  (39)
  • 2005-2009  (3)
  • 2000-2004  (41)
  • 1995-1999  (2)
  • 1990-1994  (2)
  • 1985-1989  (58)
  • 1950-1954
  • 2016  (39)
  • 2003  (41)
  • 1987  (58)
  • 1974
  • 1972
  • 1970
  • AWI Bibliothek  (134)
Sammlung
Sprache
Erscheinungszeitraum
Jahr
Zweigbibliothek
  • 1
    Signatur: AWI G6-19-92375
    In: Berichte / Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Institut für Geowissenschaften, Nr. 9
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 278 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0175-9302
    Serie: Berichte / Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Institut für Geowissenschaften 9
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Zugleich: Dissertation, Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, 1999 , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS 1. Einleitung 1.1 Kenntnisstand und offene Fragen 1.2 Fragestellung und Ziele dieser Arbeit 2. Umweltbedingungen in den Arbeitsgebieten 2.1 Hydrographie, Eisverhältnisse und NAO 2.2 Zur Variation von Wassertiefe und Breite der Dänemarkstraße und zur Vereisung Islands während des letzten Glazials 3. Methoden 3.1 Auswahl der Kernstationen 3.2 Probennahme und Analysen (Übersicht) 3.3 Zur Rekonstruktion von Paläobedingungen im Oberflächenwasser Zur Aussage stabiler Isotopenverhältnisse in planktischen Foraminiferen Zur Messung stabiler Isotopenverhältnisse Zur Massenspektrometrie Zur Rekonstruktion von Oberflächentemperaturen Alkane und Alkohole als Maß für Staubeintrag Eistranspmtiertes Material und vulkanische Aschen 3.4 Zur Rekonstruktion von Paläobedingungen im Zwischen-/ Tiefenwasser Häufigkeit von Cibicides- und anderen benthischen Arten (inkl. Taxonomie) Stabile Isotopenverhältnisse in benthischen Foraminiferen 3.5 AMS 14C-Datierungen Probenreinigung 3. 6 Hauptelementanalysen von vulkanischen Asche-Leithorizonten 3. 7 Geomagnetische Meßgrößen und magnetische Suszeptibiltät 3.8 Techniken zur Spektralanalyse 4. Methodische Ergebnisse 4.1 Zum Einfluß der Probenreinigung auf δ18O-/ δ13C-Werte 4.2 Probleme bei der langfristigen Reproduzierbarkeit von δ18O-Zeitreihen 4.3 Einfluß der Korngröße und Artendefinition planktischer Foraminiferen auf SST-Rekonstruktionen in hohen Breiten 4.4 Vergleich der stabilen Isotopenwerte von Cibicides lobatulus und Cibicidoides wuellerstorfi 5. Stratigraphische Grundlagen und Tiefenprofile der Klimasignale 5.1 Stratigraphische Korrelation zwischen parallel-gekernten GKG- und SL-/KL-Profilen 5.2 Flanktische δ18O-/ δ13C-Kurven, 14C-Alter und biostratigraphische Fixpunkte Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Kern 23351 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.3 Benthische δ18O-/ δ13C-Werte in Kern PS2644 5.4 Siliziklastische Sedimentkomponenten: Eistransportiertes Material Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.5 Vulkanische Glasscherben in Kern PS2644: Wind- und Eiseintrag 5.6 Geochemie und Alter einzelner Tephralagen als Leithorizonte Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.7 Magnetische Suszeptibilität in den Kernen PS2644, PS2646 und PS2647 Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 und PS2647 5.8 Geomagnetische Feldintensität und Richtungsänderungen in Kern PS2644 5.9 Variation von Planktonfauna und -flora Westliches Islandbecken: Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 und PS2647 Vøring-Plateau: Kern 23071 und 23074 5.10 Benthische Foraminiferen in Kern PS2644 6. Entwicklung von Temperatur und Salzgehalt nördlich der Dänemark-Straße 6.1 Variation der Oberflächentemperatur nach Planktonforaminiferen 6.2 Variation der Oberflächentemperatur nach Uk37 6.3 Variation der Oberflächensalinität 7. Die Feinstratigraphie von Kern PS2644 als Basis für eine Eichung der 14C-Altersskala 22 - 55 ka 7.1 Korrelation zwischen den Klimasignalen in Kern PS2644 und der GISP2-Klimakurve zum Kalibrieren der 14C-Alter und Erstellen eines Altersmodells Tephrachronologische Marker Korrelationsparameter und -regeln Sonderfälle/ Probleme bei der Korrelation 7.2 Alters-stratigraphische Korrelation der Klimakurven von Kern 23071 und 23074 7.3 Variation der Altersanomalien zwischen 20 und 55 14C-ka 7.4 Variabilität des planktischen 14C-Reservoiralters in Schmelzwasserbeeinflußten Seegebieten Variation der planktischen 14C-Alter unmittelbar an der Basis von Heinrich-Ereignis 4 Unterschiede zwischen planktischen und benthischen 14C-Altern in der westlichen Islandsee. Zur Erklärung der inversen Altersdifferenzen 7.5 Differenz zwischen 14C- und Kalenderalter: Zeitliche Variation unter Einfluß des Erdmagnetfeldes - Modell und Befund 7.6 Sedimentationsraten der Kerne 23071, 23074 und PS2644 nach dem GISP2-Altersmodell Vøring-Plateau: Kerne 23071 und 23074 Südwest-Islandsee: Kern PS2644 8. Klimaoszillationen im Europäischen Nordmeer in der Zeit und Frequenzdomäne 8.1 "Der Einzelzyklus" in den Klimakurven von Kern PS2644 8.2 Zur Veränderlichkeit der Warm- und Kaltextreme sowie Zyklenlänge Besonderheiten in der Zyklenlänge Variation der Kalt-(Stadiale) Variation der Interstadiale 8.3 Periodizitäten der Klimasignale im Frequenzband der D.-Oe.-Zyklen. Der D.-Oe.-Zyklus von 1470 J., seine Multiplen und harmonischen Schwingungen Weitere Frequenzen: 1000-1150 Jahre- und 490- 510 Jahre-Zyklizitäten Höhere Frequenzen im Bereich von Jahrhunderten und Dekaden 8.4 Phasenbeziehungen und (örtliche) Steuemngsmechanismen der Dansgaard-Oeschger-Zyklen 9. Schlußfolgerungen Danksagung Literaturverzeichnis Anhang
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 2
    Signatur: AWI A3-20-93434-2
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 2
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 218 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Serie: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,2
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 3
    Signatur: AWI A3-20-93434
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 1
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 121 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Serie: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,1
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 4
    Dissertationen
    Dissertationen
    Köln : DLR, Deutsches Zentrum für Luft- und Raumfahrt
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: AWI A11-16-90009
    In: Forschungsbericht / Deutsches Zentrum für Luft- und Raumfahrt ; 2016-01, 2016-01
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Recent climate model simulations indicated that sulfate (SO4) formed from ship emissions may be one of the major contributors to the negative anthropogenic aerosol radiative forcing. Due to increasingly stringent regulations on the maximum sulfur content of ship fuels this contribution is expected to decrease strongly in the future. Possibly, nitrate (NO3) formation will compensate for part of the reduction, but measurements indicate that it may be crucial to include coarse mode particle interactions with condensable trace gases in order to quantify this effect. However, none of the aerosol (sub)models previously used for such assessments accounted for the coarse mode particle effects. This provided the motivation to extend one of those submodels, namely MADE, in the present work. The new submodel, MADE3, is based on the second generation of MADE, called MADE-in. It includes nine lognormal modes to represent three size ranges with three types of aerosol particles each. The associated increase in complexity w.r.t. to MADE and MADE-in required a complete revision of the code and careful reexamination of the underlying physical assumptions, as only the fine modes had been considered in the gas–particle interactions in the predecessor submodels. The main new features of MADE3 are the ability of coarse mode particles to take up condensing vapors and to coagulate with fine mode particles, and the gas–particle partitioning of chlorine, which is mainly contained in sea spray (SS) particles. In order to test the algorithms used in the new submodel it was run in a box model setup and the results were compared to those obtained in an analogous setup with the much more detailed, particle-resolved aerosol model PartMC-MOSAIC. The comparison was performed for an idealized marine boundary layer test case and showed improved performance of MADE3 over MADE in the representation of coarse mode particles and total aerosol composition. Subsequently, MADE3 was implemented into the atmospheric chemistry general circulation model EMAC. Due to the new mode structure this required extensive adaptations to other submodels, specifically to the one used for cloud and precipitation processing of aerosol particles. EMAC does not track interstitial aerosol particles separately from those immersed in cloud droplets, ice crystals, or precipitation. Hence, a sophisticated scheme was devised and implemented for the assignment of the in-cloud or in-precipitation aerosol to one of four possible modes, instead of just one possible mode in the MADE case. The coupled model, EMAC with MADE3, was thoroughly evaluated by comparison of simulation output to station network measurements of near-surface aerosol component mass concentrations, to airborne measurements of vertical aerosol mass mixing ratio and number concentration profiles, to ground-based and airborne measurements of particle size distributions, and to station network and satellite measurements of aerosol optical depth. Satisfactory agreement with the observations was obtained and it was thus shown that MADE3 is ready for application within EMAC. The results from an identically designed simulation with the predecessor submodel MADE led to the conclusion that a fraction of the secondary aerosol species partitions to the coarse modes in MADE3 and is thus removed more quickly from the atmosphere. Furthermore, a new evaluation method was developed, which allows for comparison of model output to size-resolved electron microscopy measurements of particle composition. Both submodels, MADE3 and MADE, were finally used in EMAC simulations of the effect of ship emissions on the atmospheric aerosol. As in previous studies for year 2000 conditions, SO4 was found to be the dominant species in the fine modes in this context. In contrast to SO4, the major fraction of ship emissions-induced near-surface NO3 was found to partition to the coarse modes in the MADE3 simulations. A similar amount of fine mode NO3 as in the present and former MADE simulations was also formed. Hence, fine mode particle growth due to ship emissions was also similar, and was reduced in idealized simulations of a future low-sulfur fuel scenario. Particle volume concentration decreased by about 1 % due to ship emissions in the MADE3 simulations, but not in the MADE simulations. This finding was independent of the fuel sulfur content. In summary, the inclusion of coarse mode particle interactions and the gas–particle partitioning of chlorine could alter prior conclusions on the climate effect of ship emissions-induced aerosol perturbations, mainly due to the differences in NO3 formation. This climate effect will be re-quantified in a follow-up study by coupling the MADE3 aerosol to a two-moment cloud microphysics scheme. Further planned applications of the new submodel include the quantification of climate effects of aerosol perturbations via their influence on ice clouds as well as simulations with boundary conditions specific to measurement campaigns. Results from the latter may lead to further model improvements and can also provide guidance for the interpretation of measurement results.
    Materialart: Dissertationen
    Seiten: xiv, 170 Seiten , 42 Illustrationen und Diagramme
    Ausgabe: Als Manuskript gedruckt
    Serie: Forschungsbericht / DLR, Deutsches Zentrum für Luft- und Raumfahrt 2016-01
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: Abstract. - Kurzfassung. - 1 Introduction. - 1.1 Motivation. - 1.2 Scientific questions. - 1.3 Method. - 2 Background and state of the science. - 2.1 The atmospheric aerosol. - 2.1.1 Relevance. - 2.1.2 Aerosol processes. - 2.1.3 Aerosol properties. - 2.2 The influence of ship emissions. - 2.3 Aerosol modeling. - 2.3.1 Selected results. - 2.3.2 Motivation to expand on previous work. - 2.3.3 The computational approach. - 2.3.4 Existing aerosol microphysics submodels. - 2.3.5 MADE3 as a successor of MADE and MADE-in. - 3 The aerosol submodel MADE3. - 3.1 Aerosol characteristics. - 3.1.1 Modes. - 3.1.2 Species. - 3.1.3 Mathematical representation of aerosol characteristics. - 3.2 Aerosol processes. - 3.2.1 Gas–particle partitioning. - 3.2.2 Condensation of H2SO4 and organic vapors. - 3.2.3 New particle formation. - 3.2.4 Coagulation. - 3.2.5 Renaming. - 3.2.6 Aging of insoluble particles. - 4 Box model tests. - 4.1 Model description: MADE vs. MADE3. - 4.2 Model description: PartMC-MOSAIC. - 4.3 Test case scenario. - 4.4 Results: MADE3 vs. MADE. - 4.4.1 Size distributions. - 4.4.2 Composition. - 4.5 Results: MADE3 vs. PartMC-MOSAIC. - 4.5.1 Size distributions. - 4.5.2 Composition. - 4.6 Summary and conclusions. - 5 MADE3 in the atmospheric chemistry general circulation model EMAC. - 5.1 Basic settings. - 5.2 Emissions. - 5.3 Transport. - 5.4 Gas phase chemistry. - 5.5 Cloud formation. - 5.5.1 Stratiform clouds. - 5.5.2 Convective clouds. - 5.6 Cloud and precipitation processing of the aerosol. - 5.7 Wet deposition. - 5.8 Dry deposition. - 5.9 Sedimentation. - 5.10 Optical properties. - 6 Evaluation of simulated tropospheric aerosol properties. - 6.1 Data comparability. - 6.2 The MADE3 aerosol within EMAC. - 6.2.1 Near-surface mass concentrations. - 6.2.2 Vertical distributions. - 6.2.3 Size distributions. - 6.2.4 Aerosol optical depth. - 6.2.5 Global tropospheric burdens and residence times. - 6.2.6 Summary and conclusions. - 6.3 Comparison to MADE. - 6.4 New features of MADE3. - 7 Effects of oceanic ship emissions on atmospheric aerosol particles. - 7.1 Effects of year 2000 emissions. - 7.1.1 Near-surface concentrations. - 7.1.2 Near-surface size distributions. - 7.1.3 Tropospheric burdens. - 7.2 Effects of an idealized fuel sulfur content reduction. - 7.3 Summary and conclusions. - 8 Summary, conclusions, and outlook. - Appendix. - A.1 Particle evolution in the box model study. - A.2 Gas phase chemical mechanism. - A.3 Liquid phase chemical mechanism. - A.4 Mode assignment of cloud residual aerosol. - A.4.1 Terminology. - A.4.2 Basic assumptions. - A.4.3 Algorithm for residual assignment. - A.5 Year 2000 aerosol in EMAC with MADE3. - A.6 Near-surface mass concentration evaluation. - References. - Acronyms, symbols, and species names. - Acronyms. - Symbols. - Tracers and chemical species. - Danksagung.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 5
    Signatur: AWI G3-19-92384
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Widespread landscape changes are presently observed in the Arctic and are most likely to accelerate in the future, in particular in permafrost regions which are sensitive to climate warming. To assess current and future developments, it is crucial to understand past environmental dynamics in these landscapes. Causes and interactions of environmental variability can hardly be resolved by instrumental records covering modern time scales. However, long-term environmental variability is recorded in paleoenvironmental archives. Lake sediments are important archives that allow reconstruction of local limnogeological processes as well as past environmental changes driven directly or indirectly by climate dynamics. This study aims at reconstructing Late Quaternary permafrost and thermokarst dynamics in central-eastern Beringia, the terrestrial land mass connecting Eurasia and North America during glacial sea-level low stands. In order to investigate development, processes and influence of thermokarst dynamics, several sediment cores from extant lakes and drained lake basins were analyzed to answer the following research questions: 1. When did permafrost degradation and thermokarst lake development take place and what were enhancing and inhibiting environmental factors? 2. What are the dominant processes during thermokarst lake development and how are they reflected in proxy records? 3. How did, and still do, thermokarst dynamics contribute to the inventory and properties of organic matter in sediments and the carbon cycle? Methods applied in this study are based upon a multi-proxy approach combining sedimentological, geochemical, geochronological, and micropaleontological analyses, as well as analyses of stable isotopes and hydrochemistry of pore-water and ice. Modern field observations of water quality and basin morphometrics complete the environmental investigations. The investigated sediment cores reveal permafrost degradation and thermokarst dynamics on different time scales. The analysis of a sediment core from GG basin on the northern Seward Peninsula (Alaska) shows prevalent terrestrial accumulation of yedoma throughout the Early to Mid Wisconsin with intermediate wet conditions at around 44.5 to 41.5 ka BP. This first wetland development was terminated by the accumulation of a 1-meter-thick airfall tephra most likely originating from the South Killeak Maar eruption at 42 ka BP. A depositional hiatus between 22.5 and 0.23 ka BP may indicate thermokarst lake formation in the surrounding of the site which forms a yedoma upland till today. The thermokarst lake forming GG basin initiated 230 ± 30 cal a BP and drained in Spring 2005 AD. Four years after drainage the lake talik was still unfrozen below 268 cm depth. A permafrost core from Mama Rhonda basin on the northern Seward Peninsula preserved a full lacustrine record including several lake phases. The first lake generation developed at 11.8 cal ka BP during the Lateglacial-Early Holocene transition; its old basin (Grandma Rhonda) is still partially preserved at the southern margin of the study basin. Around 9.0 cal ka BP a shallow and more dynamic thermokarst lake developed with actively eroding shorelines and potentially intermediate shallow water or wetland phases (Mama Rhonda). Mama Rhonda lake drainage at 1.1 cal ka BP was followed by gradual accumulation of terrestrial peat and top-down refreezing of the lake talik. A significant lower organic carbon content was measured in Grandma Rhonda deposits (mean TOC of 2.5 wt%) than in Mama Rhonda deposits (mean TOC of 7.9 wt%) highlighting the impact of thermokarst dynamics on biogeochemical cycling in different lake generations by thawing and mobilization of organic carbon into the lake system. Proximal and distal sediment cores from Peatball Lake on the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska revealed young thermokarst dynamics since about 1,400 years along a depositional gradient based on reconstructions from shoreline expansion rates and absolute dating results. After its initiation as a remnant pond of a previous drained lake basin, a rapidly deepening lake with increasing oxygenation of the water column is evident from laminated sediments, and higher Fe/Ti and Fe/S ratios in the sediment. The sediment record archived characterizing shifts in depositional regimes and sediment sources from upland deposits and re-deposited sediments from drained thaw lake basins depending on the gradually changing shoreline configuration. These changes are evident from alternating organic inputs into the lake system which highlights the potential for thermokarst lakes to recycle old carbon from degrading permafrost deposits of its catchment. The lake sediment record from Herschel Island in the Yukon (Canada) covers the full Holocene period. After its initiation as a thermokarst lake at 11.7 cal ka BP and intense thermokarst activity until 10.0 cal ka BP, the steady sedimentation was interrupted by a depositional hiatus at 1.6 cal ka BP which likely resulted from lake drainage or allochthonous slumping due to collapsing shore lines. The specific setting of the lake on a push moraine composed of marine deposits is reflected in the sedimentary record. Freshening of the maturing lake is indicated by decreasing electrical conductivity in pore-water. Alternation of marine to freshwater ostracods and foraminifera confirms decreasing salinity as well but also reflects episodical re-deposition of allochthonous marine sediments. Based on permafrost and lacustrine sediment records, this thesis shows examples of the Late Quaternary evolution of typical Arctic permafrost landscapes in central-eastern Beringia and the complex interaction of local disturbance processes, regional environmental dynamics and global climate patterns. This study confirms that thermokarst lakes are important agents of organic matter recycling in complex and continuously changing landscapes.
    Materialart: Dissertationen
    Seiten: XII, 128 Seiten , Illustrationen , 1 DVD
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Enthält 5 Publikationen: 1) Mid Wisconsin to Holocene permafrost and landscape dynamics based on a drained lake basin core from the northern Seward Peninsula, northwest Alaska / Josefine Lenz, Guido Grosse, Benjamin M. Jones [und 5 weitere] 2) Evidence of multiple thermokarst lake generations from an 11,800-year old permafrost core on the northern Seward Peninsula, Alaska / Josefine Lenz, Sebastian Wetterich, Benjamin M. Jones [und 3 weitere] 3) Impacts of shore expansion and catchment characteristics on lacustrine thermokarst records in permafrost lowlands, Alaska Arctic Coastal Plain / Josefine Lenz, Sebastian Wetterich, Benjamin M. Jones [und 5 weitere] 4) Periglacial landscape dynamics in the western Canadian Arctic: Results from a thermokarst lake record on a push moraine (Herschel Island, Yukon) / Josefine Lenz, Michael Fritz, Lutz Schirrmeister [und 4 weitere] 5) Regional environmental change versus local signal preservation in Holocene thermokarst lake sediments: A case study from Herschel Island, Yukon (Canada) / Michael Fritz, Ingmar Unkel, Josefine Lenz [und 6 weitere] , Table of contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Abbreviations and nomenclature 1 Thesis organization 1.1 Overview of chapters 1.2 Author contribution 2 Introduction 2.1 Scientific background 2.1.1 Arctic environments and permafrost in the study region of Beringia 2.1.2 Permafrost degradation and its global feedbacks 2.1.3 Thermokarst lakes and basins as paleoenvironmental archives 2.2 Aims and approaches 3 Mid Wisconsin to Holocene permafrost and landscape dynamics based on a drained lake basin core from the northern Seward Peninsula, northwest Alaska 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Study area 3.4 Material and methods 3.5 Results 3.5.1 Core stratigraphy 3.5.2 Cryostratigraphy 3.5.3 Grain size distribution 3.5.4 Magnetic susceptibility 3.5.5 Biogeochemical characteristics 3.5.6 Tephra 3.5.7 Palaeoecology 3.5.8 Geochronology 3.6 Discussion 3.7 Conclusions 4 Evidence of multiple thermokarst lake generations from an 11,800-year old permafrost core on the northern Seward Peninsula, Alaska 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study area 4.4 Material and methods 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Geochronology 4.5.2 Cryolithological description 4.5.3 Geochemical results 4.5.4 Bioindicators 4.5.5 Characteristics of intra-sedimentary ice and comparison with modern waters 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Thermokarst lake dynamics 4.6.2 Regional lake dynamics and global environmental change 4.6.3 Carbon cycling 4.7 Conclusions 5 Impacts of shore expansion and catchment characteristics on lacustrine thermokarst records in permafrost lowlands, Alaska Arctic Coastal Plain 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Study area 5.4 Material and methods 5.5 Results 5.5.1 Sedimentological results of near-shore core P1 5.5.2 Sedimentological and palynological results of lake center-cores P2 (and P3) 5.5.3 Lake age estimation 5.6 Discussion 5.6.1 Thermokarst lake development 5.6.2 Impact of catchment genesis and morphology on the lake sediment record 5.6.3 Carbon degradation 5.7 Conclusions 6 Synthesis 6.1 Study sites in central-eastern Beringia: Similarities and differences 6.2 Permafrost degradation and thermokarst development in central-eastern Beringia 6.2.1 Timing of thermokarst development 6.2.2 Environmental factors supporting and inhibiting thermokarst 6.3 Processes of thermokarst lake development and their imprint in proxy records 6.4 Contribution of thermokarst dynamics to the carbon cycle 6.5 Potentials/limitations of thermokarst lake archives and outlook Bibliography Appendix I: Periglacial landscape dynamics in the western Canadian Arctic: Results from a thermokarst lake record on a push moraine (Herschel Island, Yukon) I-1 Abstract I-2 Introduction I-3 Study area I-4 Material and methods I-5 Results I-5.1 Core lithology I-5.2 Radiography I-5.3 Magnetic susceptibility and water content I-5.4 Grain size distribution I-5.5 Biogeochemical characteristics I-5.6 Geochronology I-6 Discussion I-6.1 Evolution of Lake Herschel I-6.2 Paleoenvironmental implications of the Lake Herschel record I-7 Conclusions Appendix II: Regional environmental change versus local signal preservation in Holocene thermokarst lake sediments: A case study from Herschel Island, Yukon (Canada) II-1 Abstract II-2 Introduction and study area II-3 Material and methods II-3.1 Sediment core II-3.2 Radiocarbon dating and age modelling II-3.3 Pore-water chemistry II-3.4 X-ray fluorescence (XRF) scanning II-3.5 Micropaleontology II-4 Results II-4.1 Chronostratigraphy: The revised age model II-4.2 XRF chemistry II-4.3 Pore-water chemistry II-4.4 Calcareous microfossils II-4.5 Pollen II-5 Discussion II-5.1 Sedimentation history of Lake Herschel II-5.2 Limnological, sedimentary and geochemical properties predefine the habitat I-5.3 Autochthonous versus allochthonous deposition of calcareous microfossils II-5.4 Regional pollen-based reconstruction of vegetation and climate II-6 Conclusions Acknowledgements
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 6
    Signatur: AWI A8-20-93986
    Materialart: Dissertationen
    Seiten: VI, 129 Seiten , Diagramme
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhaltsverzeichnis Kurzfassung Abstract 1 EINFÜHRUNG 2 GRUNDLAGEN 2.1 Allgemeine Zirkulation 2.2 Barokline Instabiltät 2.3 Horizontale und vertikale Wellenausbreitung 2.4 Die Rolle der Arktis im Klimasystem 2.5 Einfluss des klimatischen Wandels in der Arktis auf die mittleren Breiten 2.6 Atmosphärisches Energiespektrum und Skalenwechselwirkung 3 DATEN UND METHODEN 3.1 Verwendete Reanalyse- und Modelldaten 3.1.1 ERA-Interim 3.1.2 AFES 3.1.3 Aufteilung der verwendeten Daten in Zeiträume mit hoher und niedriger Meereisbedeckung 3.2 Methoden 3.2.1 Instabilitätsanalyse für einen zonalgemittelten Grundzustand 3.2.2 Identifikation bevorzugter großskaliger Zirkulationsmuster 3.2.3 Energie- und Enstrophiespektren 3.2.4 Statistische Testverfahren 4 ERGEBNISSE 4.1 Instabilitätsanalyse für einen zonalgemittelten Grundzustand . 4.1.1 Klimatologie ERA-Interim und AFES 4.1.2 Sensititvitätsstudie 4.2 Identifikation bevorzugter großskaliger Zirkulationsmuster 4.2.1 September 4.2.2 Oktober 4.2.3 November 4.2.4 Dezember 4.2.5 Januar 4.2.6 Februar 4.2.7 Zugehörige synoptisch-skalige Aktivität und 2m-Temperatur 4.3 Kinetische Energiespektren und nichtlineare Wechselwirkungen 4.3.1 Kinetische Energiespektren 4.3.2 Enstrophiespektren 4.3.3 Nichtlineare Energiewechselwirkungen, Energieflüsse und Enstrophieflüsse 5 ZUSAMMENFASSUNG UND AUSBLICK Tabellenverzeichnis Abbildungsverzeichnis Variablen und Symbole Literaturverzeichnis Danksagung Anhang A.1 Hough-Funktionen und vertikale Strukturfunktionen A.2 Zugeordnete Legendre-Polynome und Kugelflächenfunktionen Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 7
    Signatur: AWI A4-22-94820
    In: Rendiconti Lincei. Scienze fisiche e naturali, Volume 27, Supplement 1
    Materialart: Zeitschrift ausleihbar
    Seiten: 270 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 2037-4631
    Serie: Rendiconti Lincei. Scienze fisiche e naturali Volume 27, Supplement 1
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Table of Contents: Environmental changes in the Arctic: an Italian perspective / David Cappelletti, Roberto Azzolini, Leonardo Langone, Stefano Ventura, Angelo Viola, Stefano Aliani, Vito Vitale & Enrico Brugnoli Atmospheric observations at the Amundsen-Nobile Climate Change Tower in Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard / Mauro Mazzola, Angelo Pietro Viola, Christian Lanconelli & Vito Vitale On turbulence characteristics at Ny-Ålesund–Svalbard / Francesco Tampieri, Angelo Pietro Viola, Mauro Mazzola & Armando Pelliccioni Variability features associated with ozone column and surface UV irradiance observed over Svalbard from 2008 to 2014 / Boyan H. Petkov, Vito Vitale, Mauro Mazzola, Angelo Lupi, Christian Lanconelli, Angelo Viola & Maurizio Busetto Air-snow exchange of reactive nitrogen species at Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard (Arctic) / Antonietta Ianniello, Francesca Spataro, Rosamaria Salvatori, Mauro Valt, Marianna Nardino, Mats P. Björkman, Giulio Esposito & Mauro Montagnoli Size distribution and ion composition of aerosol collected at Ny-Ålesund in the spring–summer field campaign 2013 / F. Giardi, S. Becagli, R. Traversi, D. Frosini, M. Severi, L. Caiazzo, C. Ancillotti, D. Cappelletti, B. Moroni, M. Grotti, A. Bazzano, A. Lupi, M. Mazzola, V. Vitale, O. Abollino, L. Ferrero, E. Bolzacchini, A. Viola & R. Udisti Multi-seasonal ultrafine aerosol particle number concentration measurements at the Gruvebadet observatory, Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard Islands / Angelo Lupi, Maurizio Busetto, Silvia Becagli, Fabio Giardi, Christian Lanconelli, Mauro Mazzola, Roberto Udisti, Hans-Christen Hansson, Tabea Henning, Boyan Petkov, Johan Ström, Radovan Krejci, Peter Tunved, Angelo Pietro Viola & Vito Vitale Elemental and lead isotopic composition of atmospheric particulate measured in the Arctic region (Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard Islands) / Andrea Bazzano, Francisco Ardini, Marco Grotti, Mery Malandrino, Agnese Giacomino, Ornella Abollino, David Cappelletti, Silvia Becagli, Rita Traversi & Roberto Udisti Sulfate source apportionment in the Ny-Ålesund (Svalbard Islands) Arctic aerosol / Roberto Udisti, Andrea Bazzano, Silvia Becagli, Ezio Bolzacchini, Laura Caiazzo, David Cappelletti, Luca Ferrero, Daniele Frosini, Fabio Giardi, Marco Grotti, Angelo Lupi, Mery Malandrino, Mauro Mazzola, Beatrice Moroni, Mirko Severi, Rita Traversi, Angelo Viola & Vito Vitale Water-soluble trace, rare earth elements and organic compounds in Arctic aerosol / Clara Turetta, Roberta Zangrando, Elena Barbaro, Jacopo Gabrieli, Elisa Scalabrin, Piero Zennaro, Andrea Gambaro, Giuseppa Toscano & Carlo Barbante AGAP: an atmospheric gondola for aerosol profiling / Mauro Mazzola, Maurizio Busetto, Luca Ferrero, Angelo Pietro Viola & David Cappelletti Local vs. long-range sources of aerosol particles upon Ny-Ålesund (Svalbard Islands): mineral chemistry and geochemical records / Beatrice Moroni, David Cappelletti, Luca Ferrero, Stefano Crocchianti, Maurizio Busetto, Mauro Mazzola, Silvia Becagli, Rita Traversi & Roberto Udisti Snowpack characteristics of Brøggerhalvøya, Svalbard Islands / Mauro Valt & Rosamaria Salvatori Continuous monitoring of spectral albedo of snowed surfaces in Ny-Ålesund / Roberto Salzano, Christian Lanconelli, Rosamaria Salvatori, Giulio Esposito & Vito Vitale Evolution of the Svalbard annual snow layer during the melting phase / Andrea Spolaor, Elena Barbaro, Jean Marc Christille, Torben Kirchgeorg, Fabio Giardi, David Cappelletti, Clara Turetta, Andrea Bernagozzi, Mats P. Björkman, Enzo Bertolini & Carlo Barbante Characterization of seawater properties and ocean heat content in Kongsfjorden, Svalbard Archipelago / Stefano Aliani, Roberta Sciascia, Ilaria Conese, Alessandra D’Angelo, Fabrizio Del Bianco, Federico Giglio, Leonardo Langone & Stefano Miserocchi Gas hydrate stability zone in shallow Arctic Ocean in presence of sub-sea permafrost / Umberta Tinivella & Michela Giustiniani A numerical algorithm for the assessment of the conjecture of a subglacial lake tested at Amundsenisen, Svalbard / Daniela Mansutti, Edoardo Bucchignani & Piotr Glowacki Trace elements in marine particulate and surface sediments of Kongsfjorden, Svalbard Islands / Francisco Ardini, Andrea Bazzano, Paola Rivaro, Francesco Soggia, Amanda Terol & Marco Grotti Stable isotopes and digital elevation models to study nutrient inputs in high-arctic lakes / Edoardo Calizza, Maria Letizia Costantini, David Rossi, Vittorio Pasquali, Giulio Careddu & Loreto Rossi Legacy and emergent POPs in the marine fauna of NE Greenland with special emphasis on the Greenland shark Somniosus microcephalus / Simonetta Corsolini, Karla Pozo & Jørgen S. Christiansen Body size-related constraints on the movement behaviour of the arctic notostracan Lepidurus arcticus (Pallas, 1973) under laboratory conditions / Giorgio Mancinelli & Vittorio Pasquali Geomorphological features of the Kongsfjorden area: Ny-Ålesund, Blomstrandøya (NW Svalbard, Norway) / Enrico Miccadei, Tommaso Piacentini & Claudio Berti Quantification of fracturing within fault damage zones affecting Late Proterozoic carbonates in Svalbard / Paola Cianfarra & F. Salvini Towards a calibration laboratory in Ny-Ålesund / Chiara Musacchio, Andrea Merlone, Angelo Viola, Vito Vitale & Marion Maturilli Development of an automatic sampler for extreme polar environments: first in situ application in Svalbard Islands / Giuseppe Zappalà, Gabriele Bruzzone, Gabriella Caruso & Maurizio Azzaro Isolation and degradation potential of a cold-adapted oil/PAH-degrading marine bacterial consortium from Kongsfjorden (Arctic region) / Francesca Crisafi, Laura Giuliano, Michail M. Yakimov, Maurizio Azzaro & Renata Denaro
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 8
    Signatur: 9783110403183 (e-book)
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (540 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Reference
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhalt Vorwort Bibliothek als Bauaufgabe Bibliothek als architektonische Aufgabe : Von der Entwicklung der Gebäudetypologie und der Verschiebung der Schwerpunkte in der Bibliotheksarchitektur / Marina Stankovic und Tobias Jortzick Herausragende Bibliotheksbauten der vergangenen zehn Jahre - eine Aufforderung / Ulrich Niederer Die Grüne Bibliothek : ökologische Nachhaltigkeit bei Bibliotheksbau und -ausstattung / Melanie Padilla Segarra und Petra Hauke Standortwahl / Konrad Umlauf Außenraumtypologien an Bibliotheken / Irene Lohaus Verfahrensschritte zur Realisierung eines innovativen Bauvorhabens : Das Beispiel des Gemeinsamen Bibliotheksgebäudes von Universität und Hochschule Osnabrück auf dem Campus Westerberg / Felicitas Hundhausen Flächenbedarf von Hochschulbibliotheken / Bernd Vogel Bibliotheken bauen im Bestand Bibliotheksbau im Bestand - oder: Die Liebe zum Unikat / Robert Niess Modernisierung und Sanierung von Bibliotheksbauten : Aus einem bestehenden Gebäude etwas Neues machen / Oliver Kohl-Frey Sanierung und Neukonzeption bestehender Bausubstanz : Das Beispiel der Universitätsbibliothek Konstanz / Michael B. Frank Nachnutzung versus Neubau : Das Beispiel RW21 Stadtbibliothek Bayreuth / Jörg Weinreich Räume gestalten Lernräume der Zukunft - Perspektiven junger Gestalter / Klaus Ulrich Werner Die Schulbibliothek / Birgit Lücke und Angelika Flolderried Die Jugendbibliothek : Erlebnis- und Kommunikationsort / Kerstin Keller-Loibl Die Kinderbibliothek / Sabine Brunner Makerspaces - Bibliotheksräume für Macher / Gabriela Lüthi-Esposito Das zukunftsfähige Bib-Office / Jutta Eiberger Barrierefreiheit - eine Herausforderung?! / Särka Vonskovä Umgebungsbedingung: Licht Bodenbeläge für Bibliotheken / Roman Rabe Partizipatives Gestalten / Jens llg und Robert Zepf Bibliothekstechnik Leitsysteme - Funktion und Entwicklungsprozesse / Anna-Katharina Huth RFID und moderne technische Infrastruktur / Frank Seeliger, Jan Kissigund Ricardo Frommholz Präsentation digitaler Medien im physischen Raum / Janin Präßler Hochregallager - ein neuer Weg der Magazinierung : Die Kooperative Speicherbibtiothek Schweiz. Eine Luzerner Fallgeschichte mit Exkursen / Ulrich Niederer Brandschutz, Sicherheit und Notfallvorsorge / Milena Pfafferott Klimaregulierung : Bau- und Klimakonzepte für Räume zur Aufbewahrung, Nutzung und Präsentation von Altbeständen / Christine Sauer Management im Kontext von Bauprojekten Bibliotheksumzug / Martin Lee Change Management - Best Practice wider den Widerstand : Beispiele aus der Stadtbibliothek Nürnberg und der Staatsbibliothek Bamberg / Ilona Munique Betriebsmanagement : Dargestellt am Beispiel der ETH-Bibliothek Zürich / Susanne Benitz und André Reichmuth Gebäudemanagement / Christian Kuhlmann Aufenthalt und Aufenthaltsmessung im physischen Bibliotheksraum / Julia Weis Öffentlichkeit durch Bibliotheksarchitektur - von innen und außen betrachtet / Dirk Wissen Bibliotheksgebäude auf dem Prüfstand : Kennzeichen, Betrieb und Evaluation - ein Fragenkatalog / IFLA Library Buildings and Equipment Section Anhang Bibliotheken planen, bauen und ausstatten : Eine Auswahlbibliografie / Petra Hauke Autoren & Herausgeber Abkürzungen Index
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 9
    Signatur: 9783110379471 (e-book)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Dieser Band stellt die zentralen Entwicklungen bei der Gestaltung von Lernwelten in Hochschulen und damit verbundenen Wissenschaftlichen Bibliotheken, in Öffentlichen Bibliotheken, in der Erwachsenenbildung sowie in kommunalen Kultur- und Bildungszentren systematisch dar. Auf dieser Grundlage werden Empfehlungen gegeben, wie Lernarrangements und Wissensräume in Zukunft gestaltet werden können. Dabei spielt die Perspektive eines integrierten Optionsraums für Lebenslanges Lernen eine zentrale Rolle.
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (256 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783110379471
    Serie: Lernwelten
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort zur Reihe Vorwort Einleitung 1 Begriffskontexte 1.1 Information 1.2 Wissen 1.3 Kompetenz 1.4 Lernen / Aneignung 1.4.1 Einführung 1.4.2 Lerntheorien 1.4.3 Lebenslanges und selbstgesteuertes Lernen 1.4.4 Lernstile und Lerntypen 1.4.5 Lernraum 1.4.6 Kontextualisierungen 1.5 Lehren / Vermittlung / Didaktisches Handeln 1.5.1 Einführung 1.5.2 Didaktische Theorien, Modelle und Konzepte 1.5.3 Lernbegleitung / Lernberatung 1.5.4 Kontextualisierungen 1.6 Bildung 1.7 Zusammenfassung 2 Lernwelten im Wandel 2.1 Einführung 2.2 Begriffskontexte Lernwelten 2.3 Hochschulen und Wissenschaftliche Bibliotheken 2.3.1 Überblick 2.3.2 Angebotskonzepte 2.3.3 Raumkonzepte 2.3.4 Organisationskonzepte 2.3.5 Zusammenfassung 2.4 öffentliche Bibliotheken 2.4.1 Überblick 2.4.2 Angebotskonzepte 2.4.3 Raumkonzepte 2.4.4 Organisationskonzepte 2.4.5 Zusammenfassung 2.5 Erwachsenenbildung / Weiterbildung 2.5.1 Überblick 2.5.2 Angebotskonzepte 2.5.3 Raumkonzepte 2.5.4 Organisationskonzepte 2.5.5 Zusammenfassung 2.6 Bildungs- und Kulturzentren - Learning Centres 2.6.1 Überblick 2.6.2 Angebotskonzepte 2.6.3 Raumkonzepte 2.6.4 Organisationskonzepte 2.6.5 Zusammenfassung 3 Zukünftige Perspektiven 3.1 Wandlungsprozesse 3.1.1 Herausforderungen 3.1.2 Vom Produkt zum Prozess 3.1.3 Vom Lehren zum Lernen 3.1.4 Vom Konsum zur Produktion 3.1.5 Von der Lehrumgebung zur Lernumgebung 3.1.6 Von der Addition zur Integration 3.2 Optionsraum Lebenslanges Lernen 3.2.1 Herausforderungen 3.2.2 Angebotsentwicklung 3.2.3 Lernraumentwicklung 3.2.4 Organisationsentwicklung 3.2.5 Kooperationsentwicklung 3.2.6 Stadt- / Regionalentwicklung 3.2.7 Perspektiven Literatur Abkürzungsverzeichnis Abbildungsverzeichnis Tabellenverzeichnis Zum Autor Register
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 10
    Signatur: 9781493931767 8 (e-book)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This title brings to light the discoveries and insights into the lives of many marine species made possible over the last decade by passive acoustic recorders (PAR). Pop-ups, ARF, HARP, EAR, Bprobe, C-POD Atag, and Dtag are the acronyms of some of the many PARs that have changed our understanding of how marine animals live and strive in the ocean. Various types of PARs are used by different investigators in different areas of the world. These recorders have accumulated copious amounts of very important data, unveiling previously unknown information about large marine animals. Temporal, seasonal and spatial distribution patterns have been uncovered for many marine species. There have been many discoveries, new understandings and insights into how these animals live in and utilize the ocean and the importance of acoustics in their lives. Listening Within the Ocean summarizes these important discoveries, providing both a valuable resource for researchers and enjoyable reading for non-professionals interested in marine life.
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 416 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-1-4939-3176-7 , 9781493931767
    ISSN: 2364-4915 , 2364-4923
    Serie: Modern acoustics and signal processing
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Introduction: Listening in the Ocean / Whitlow W.L. Au and Marc O. Lammers 2 A Review of Blue Whale Studies from HARUphones in the Pacific / Kathleen M. Stafford 3 Long-Term Monitoring of Cetaceans Using Autonomous Acoustic Recording Packages / Sean M. Wiggins and John A. Hildebrand 4 From Shrimp to Whales: Biological Applications of Passive Acoustic Monitoring on a Remote Pacific Coral Reef / Marc O. Lammers and Lisa M. Munger 5 Studying the Biosonar Activities of Deep Diving Odontocetes in Hawaii and Other Western Pacific Locations / Whitlow W.L. Au and Giacomo Giorli 6 Environmental Acoustic Recording System (EARS) in the Gulf of Mexico / George E. Ioup, Juliette W. Ioup, Natalia A. Sidorovskaia, Christopher O. Tiemann, Stan A. Kuczaj, Azmy S. Ackleh, Joal J. Newcomb, Baoling Ma, Robin Paulos, Alexander Ekimov, Grayson H. Rayborn Jr., James M. Stephens, and Arslan M. Tashmukhambetov 7 Listening to Echolocation Clicks with PODs / Nick Tregenza, Steve Dawson, Will Rayment, and Ursula Verfuss 8 PALAOA: The Perennial Acoustic Observatory in the Antarctic Ocean—Real- Time Eavesdropping on the Antarctic Underwater Soundscape / Holger Klinck, Lars Kindermann, and Olaf Boebel 9 Listening for Whales at the Station ALOHA Cabled Observatory / Julie N. Oswald, Helen Ou, Whitlow W.L. Au, Bruce M. Howe, and Fred Duennebier 10 Findings from U.S. Navy Hydrophone Ranges / David Moretti, Ronald Morrissey, Susan Jarvis, and Jessica Shaffer 11 Pinniped Sounds in the Polar Oceans / Jennifer L. Miksis-Olds, Ilse C. Van Opzeeland, Sofie M. Van Parijs, and Joshua Jones 12 Listening in the Ocean: New Discoveries and Insights on Marine Life from Autonomous Passive Acoustic Recorders / David Mann, James Locascio, and Carrie Wall 13 Passive Acoustic Monitoring in Benthic Marine Crustaceans: A New Research Frontier / Erica Staaterman 14 A Multiplatform Ultrasonic Event Recorder for Tagging, Towing, and Stationed Monitoring of Odontocetes / Tomonari Akamatsu 15 Signal Processing / David K. Mellinger, Marie A. Roch, Eva-Marie Nosal, and Holger Klinck Index
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 11
    Signatur: 9783319256436 (e-book)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This book is a useful guide for researchers in ecology and earth science interested in the use of accelerator mass spectrometry technology. The development of research in radiocarbon measurements offers an opportunity to address the human impact on global carbon cycling and climate change. Presenting radiocarbon theory, history, applications, and analytical techniques in one volume builds a broad outline of the field of radiocarbon and its emergent role in defining changes in the global carbon cycle and links to climate change. Each chapter presents both classic and cutting-edge studies from different disciplines involving radiocarbon and carbon cycling. The book also includes a chapter on the history and discovery of radiocarbon, and advances in radiocarbon measurement techniques and radiocarbon theory. Understanding human alteration of the global carbon cycle and the link between atmospheric carbon dioxide levels and climate remains one of the foremost environmental problems at the interface of ecology and earth system science. Many people are familiar with the terms ‘global warming’ and ‘climate change’, but fewer are able to articulate the science that support these hypotheses. This book addresses general questions such as: what is the link between the carbon cycle and climate change; what is the current evidence for the fate of carbon dioxide added by human activities to the atmosphere, and what has caused past changes in atmospheric carbon dioxide? How can the radiocarbon and stable isotopes of carbon combined with other tools be used for quantifying the human impact on the global carbon cycle?
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (VII, 315 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319256436 , 978-3-319-25643-6
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents 1 Radiocarbon and the Global Carbon Cycle / E.A.G. Schuur, S.E. Trumbore, E.R.M. Druffel, J.R. Southon, A. Steinhof, R.E. Taylor and J.C. Turnbull 2 Radiocarbon Dating: Development of a Nobel Method / R.E. Taylor 3 Radiocarbon Nomenclature, Theory, Models, and Interpretation: Measuring Age, Determining Cycling Rates, and Tracing Source Pools / S.E. Trumbore, C.A. Sierra and C.E. Hicks Pries 4 Radiocarbon in the Atmosphere / J.C. Turnbull, H. Graven and N.Y. Krakauer 5 Radiocarbon in the Oceans / E.R.M. Druffel, S.R. Beaupré and L.A. Ziolkowski 6 Radiocarbon in Terrestrial Systems / E.A.G. Schuur, M.S. Carbone, C.E. Hicks Pries, F.M. Hopkins and S.M. Natali 7 Paleoclimatology / J.R. Southon, R. De Pol-Holz and E.R.M. Druffel 8 Accelerator Mass Spectrometry of Radiocarbon / Axel Steinhof 9 Preparation for Radiocarbon Analysis / S.E. Trumbore, X. Xu, G.M. Santos, C.I. Czimczik, S.R. Beaupré, M.A. Pack, F.M. Hopkins, A. Stills, M. Lupascu and L. Ziolkowski
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 12
    Signatur: 9783319281551 (e-book)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This textbook provides a basic introduction to ethnobiology with key concepts for beginners. It is also written for those who teach ethnobiology or related fields. The core issues and concepts, as well as approaches and theoretical positions are fully covered.
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 310 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319281551 , 978-3-319-28155-1
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Preface Acknowledgments Part I History, Approaches and Concepts What Is Ethnobiology? / Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque and Angelo Giuseppe Chaves Alves History of Ethnobiology / André Sobral and Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque Ethnobiology or Ethnoecology? / Angelo Giuseppe Chaves Alves and Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque Historical Ethnobiology / Maria Franco Trindade Medeiros Paleoethnobiology / Steve Wolverton, Andrew Barker, and Jonathon Dombrosky Urban Ethnobiology / Ana Haydeé Ladio and Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque Diaspora Ethnobiology / Robert A. Voeks Ethnophycology / Patricia Marta Arenas Gastronomic Ethnobiology / Andrea Pieroni, Lukas Pawera, and Ghulam Mujtaba Shah Ethnoprimatology / Marilian Boachá Sampaio, Antonio Souto, and Nicola Schiel An Ethnobiology of Change / Álvaro Fernández-Llamazares and Victoria Reyes-García Political Ecology and Ethnobiology / Steve Wolverton, Justin M. Nolan, and Matthew Fry Ethnobiology, Ethics, and Traditional Knowledge Protection / Gustavo Taboada Soldati and Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque Part II Biota Perception and Classification What Is Environmental Perception? / Taline Cristina da Silva, Leonardo da Silva Chaves, and Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque Biota Perception and Use / Taline Cristina da Silva, Letícia Zenóbia de Oliveira Campos, Josivan Soares da Silva, Rosemary da Silva Sousa, and Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque Biological and Evolutionary Bases of Human Perception of the Natural Environment / Washington Soares Ferreira Júnior, Taline Cristina da Silva, and Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque Risk Perception / Taline Cristina da Silva, Washington Soares Ferreira Júnior, Flávia Rosa Santoro, Thiago Antônio de Sousa Araújo, and Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque How and Why Should People Classify Natural Resources? / Andrêsa Suana Argemiro Alves, Lucilene Lima dos Santos, Washington Soares Ferreira Júnior, and Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque Alternative Views of Folk Classification / Washington Soares Ferreira Júnior, Paulo Henrique Santos Gonçalves, Reinaldo Farias Paiva de Lucena, and Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque Part III Biota Use Fungi / Washington Soares Ferreira Júnior, Paulo Henrique Santos Gonçalves, and Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque Food Plants / Viviany Teixeira do Nascimento, Letícia Zenóbia de Oliveira Campos, and Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque Medicinal Plants / Thiago Antônio de Sousa Araújo, Joabe Gomes de Melo, Washington Soares Ferreira Júnior, and Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque Fortifier, Tonic, and Rejuvenating Plants and the Adaptogen Concept / Danilo Ribeiro de Oliveira and Suzana Guimarães Leitão Magic Plants / Rainer W. Bussmann Ornamental Plants / Julio Alberto Hurrell Timber Resources / Marcelo Alves Ramos, Maria Clara Bezerra Tenório Cavalcanti, and Fábio José Vieira Animal Resources / Rômulo Romeu Nóbrega Alves Part IV Biota Management and Domestication Plant and Landscape Local Management / Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque and José Ribamar Sousa Júnior Indigenous Use of Tropical Biodiversity and Ecosystem Domestication / Maximilien Guèze Extractivism of Plant Resources / Juliana Loureiro de Almeida Campos, Ivanilda Soares Feitosa, Julio Marcelino Monteiro, Gilney Charll dos Santos, Cristina Baldauf, and Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque Plant Domestication / Ernani Machado de Freitas Lins Neto, José Ribamar Sousa Júnior, Alejandro Casas, and Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque Domestication of Animals / Rômulo Romeu Nóbrega Alves Ethnobiology and Biodiversity Conservation / Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque and Daniel Carvalho Pires de Sousa Part V Factors Affecting Local Biological Knowledge Local or Traditional Knowledge Transmission and Natural Resource Use / Gustavo Taboada Soldati Gender and Age / Wendy Marisol Torres-Avilez, André Luiz Borba do Nascimento, Leticia Zenobia de Oliveira Campos, Flávia dos Santos Silva, and Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque Ethnicity, Income, and Education / Patrícia Muniz de Medeiros, Juliana Loureiro de Almeida Campos, and Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque Urbanization, Modernization, and Nature Knowledge / Washington Soares Ferreira Júnior, Flávia Rosa Santoro, Ina Vandebroek, and Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque How Does Social Status Relate to Traditional Ecological Knowledge? / Victoria Reyes-García and Sandrine Gallois Plant Knowledge and Use in the Context of Migration / Patrícia Muniz de Medeiros, Diego Batista de Oliveira Abreu, and Ulysses Paulino Albuquerque Cultural Comparisons in Ethnobiological Research / Ina Vandebroek Dictionary of Ethnobiology and Related Areas Index
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 13
    facet.materialart.12
    [New Delhi] : Springer
    Signatur: 9788132227076 (e-book)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The book presents recent research on marine ecology in different parts of the world. It aims to shed light on relevant topics for budding marine ecologists. The “blue soup” of Planet Earth, which comprises both biotic and abiotic components, is essential to keeping the wheel of civilization running. Four major ecosystem service categories have been identified within this context, namely provisioning services such as water, food, mangrove timber, honey, fish, wax, fuel wood, fodder and bioactive compounds from marine and estuarine flora and fauna; regulating services such as the regulation of climate, coastal erosion, coral bleaching and pollution;cultural services encompassing recreational (tourism), spiritual and other non-material benefits; and supporting services such as nutrient cycling and photosynthesis. These valuable services are obtained from various resources that must be conserved for the sake of humanity. This book presents data for each resource type, not just in the form of a simple description, but also through case studies that resulted from several research projec ts and pilot programs carried out in different parts of the world. Statistical tools were also used to critically analyze the influence of relevant hydrological parameters on the biotic community. Advanced research in marine and estuarine ecology is based on the use of sophisticated instruments, sampling precision, statistical tools, etc., which have also been highlighted in the book.
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 481 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9788132227076 , 978-81-322-2707-6
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents 1 Marine Ecosystem: An Overview 1.1 Benthic Compartment 1.1.1 Supralittoral Zone 1.1.2 Eulittoral Zone 1.1.3 Sublittoral Zone 1.1.4 Continental Shelf 1.1.5 Continental Slope 1.1.6 Bathyal Zone 1.1.7 Abyssal Plains 1.1.8 Hadal Zone 1.2 Aquatic Compartment 1.2.1 Classification on the Basis of Light Penetration 1.2.2 How to Estimate the Age of Ocean Water? 1.2.3 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) Consumption Method 1.2.4 Decay Rate of 14C Method 1.2.5 90Sr Content Method 1.2.6 Hydrogen Isotope Method Brain Churners Annexure References 2 Estuarine Ecosystem: An Overview 2.1 Definition and Ecosystem Services 2.1.1 Ecosystem Services 2.2 Classification Brain Churners Annexure References 3 Physical Processes in the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 3.1 Waves and Tides 3.1.1 Tides 3.1.2 Theories Related to Tides 3.1.3 Tidal Bore and Tide in Rivers 3.2 Currents 3.2.1 Upwelling and Downwelling: Causes and Significance 3.2.2 Factors Regulating the Pattern and Distribution of Currents 3.2.3 What Happens Practically? 3.2.4 El Niño Brain Churners Annexure References 4 Abiotic Variables of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 4.1 Chemical Components 4.1.1 Spatio-temporal Variations of Salinity 4.1.2 Deep-Water Salinity 4.1.3 Conservative and Non-conservative Ions 4.1.4 Dissolved Gases in Seawater 4.1.5 Nutrients 4.2 Sediment Compartment 4.2.1 Transportation of Marine Sediments 4.2.2 Classification of Marine Sediments 4.2.3 Ooze: Definition and Type 4.2.4 Sediment Deposition: A Boon or a Curse? Brain Churners Annexure References 5 Producers of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 5.1 Phytoplankton Community 5.1.1 Diatoms 5.1.2 Dinoflagellates 5.1.3 Coccolithophores 5.1.4 Blue-Green Algae 5.1.5 Green Algae 5.1.6 Classification of Phytoplankton 5.2 Macrophytes 5.2.1 Seaweed Community 5.2.2 Mangroves 5.2.3 Seagrass and Salt Marsh Grass Brain Churners Annexure References 6 Consumers of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 6.1 Zooplankton Community 6.1.1 Zooplankton: Do They Maintain Uniformity in Their Life Timeline? 6.2 Vertebrate Community 6.2.1 Fishes 6.2.2 Reptiles 6.2.3 Sea Birds 6.2.4 Marine Mammals Brain Churners Annexure References 7 Decomposers of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 7.1 Overview of Marine and Estuarine Microbes 7.1.1 Marine Organisms as Habitats of Microorganisms 7.1.2 Identification of Marine and Estuarine Microorganisms: A Molecular Genetic Approach 7.2 Importance of Marine and Estuarine Microbes 7.2.1 Production of Antibiotics 7.2.2 Production of Antitumour Compounds 7.2.3 Production of Enzyme 7.2.4 Bioremediation of Petroleum Hydrocarbon 7.2.5 Degradation of Mangrove Litter 7.2.6 Drugs from Marine Microbes Brain Churners Annexure References 8 Adaptation of Marine and Estuarine Organisms 8.1 Adaptation of Organisms in the Intertidal Zone 8.1.1 Adaptation of Biota Inhabiting Rocky Shore 8.1.2 Adaptation of Biota Inhabiting Soft Substratum 8.2 Adaptation of Organisms Inhabiting Deep Sea 8.2.1 Morphological Adaptations 8.2.2 Biochemical Adaptations 8.2.3 Vent Communities of the Deep Sea 8.2.4 Properties of Vent Community Brain Churners Annexure References 9 Hot Spots of Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 9.1 Mangroves 9.2 Coral Reefs 9.2.1 Types of Coral Reefs 9.2.2 Coral Reef Characteristics 9.2.3 Reef Productivity Brain Churners Annexure References 10 Threats to Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 10.1 Natural Threats 10.1.1 Alteration of the Earth’s Orbit 10.1.2 Natural Oscillation of Atmospheric Carbon Dioxide 10.1.3 Volcanic Activities 10.1.4 Variations in Solar Output 10.1.5 Plate Tectonics 10.1.6 Natural Disasters and Extreme Weather Events 10.2 Anthropogenic Threats 10.2.1 Pollution 10.2.2 Aquaculture 10.2.3 Unplanned Tourism 10.2.4 Introduction of Alien Species 10.2.5 Development of Coastal Structures 10.2.6 Negative Fishing Brain Churners Annexure References 11 Conservation of Marine and Estuarine Resources 11.1 Conservation or Preservation? 11.2 Tiers for Conservation 11.2.1 Habitat Diversity 11.2.2 Community and Ecosystem Diversity 11.2.3 Functional Diversity 11.2.4 Population Diversity 11.2.5 Phyletic Diversity 11.2.6 Species Diversity 11.2.7 Genetic Diversity Brain Churners Annexure References 12 Instruments and Methods 12.1 Instruments 12.1.1 Instruments Used for Physical Oceanographic Study 12.1.2 Instruments Used for Geological Oceanographic Study 12.1.3 Instruments Used for Chemical Oceanographic Study 12.1.4 Instruments Used for Biological Oceanographic Study 12.2 Application of Satellites in Marine and Estuarine Researches Brain Churners Annexure References Erratum
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 14
    Signatur: 9783319207537 (e-book)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This book seeks to enhance the cultural dimension of sustainable development and particularly focuses on minor historic centers and their natural and rural landscapes. In a society becoming ever more globalized, without territorial restrictions in the production of goods and able to reproduce in China the goods and product characteristic of South American crafts (to mention just two extremes), the only element that can still be contextualized is heritage identity: the result of close integration between cultural assets, intangible assets and settled communities. Thus, heritage identity is one of the few elements, together with natural resources, which has the potential for economic development that is still firmly rooted in places and local populations.These towns are often the centerpiece of urban landscapes and geographical areas with original features, not always but often as individual places within networks of minor historical centers linked by shared history, traditions and/or natural elements (rivers, forests, river systems or other natural elements). They are outside the major tourist networks, even if now there is a budding interest in the touristic exploitation of these environments. So, they are the right places to pursue a sustainable and local development with a cultural perspective. This book is a product of the VIVA_EASTPART project (Valorisation and Improving of management of Small Historic Centres in the eastern PARTnership region), under the EU-funded “ENPI Eastern Partnership” program. It complements the more practically-focused work that is in production from this group, more focused on empirical approaches to the development of minor historic centers of the nations involved. Though the book has been influenced by this research and working experience, the authors are solely responsible for the content and opinions presented.
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 386 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319207537 , 978-3-319-20753-7
    ISSN: 2194-315X , 2194-3168
    Serie: Springer Geography
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Part I Introduction and Background 1 Studying Cultural Territorial Systems: Introduction / Francesco Rotondo 2 The Concept of Heritage / Francesco Selicato 3 Local Self-sustainable Development / Francesco Rotondo 4 Cultural Heritage as a Key for the Development of Cultural and Territorial Integrated Plans / Francesco Rotondo 5 Sustainable Development Policies for Minor Deprived Urban Communities and Natural and Cultural Heritage Conservation / Paolo Ventura and Michela Tiboni Part II Lessons Learned from Planning and Management Practices on Safeguarding and Revitalisation of Minor Historic Centres in Eastern Partnerships 6 Lessons Learned from Planning and Management Practices on the Safeguarding and Revitalisation of Minor Historic Centres in Eastern Europe countries / Josefina López Galdeano 7 Characterization of Minor Historic Centers: Quantitative Indexes, and Qualitative Aspects / Claudia Ceppi and Pierangela Loconte Part III Territorial Cultural Systems: A Different Approach to Cultural Heritage 8 Territorial Cultural Systems: Possible Definitions / Francesco Selicato and Claudia Piscitelli 9 An Integrated and Sustainable Approach to the Management of Minor Historic Centres: Territorial Cultural Systems / Josefina López Galdeano 10 Socio-economic Dimension in Managing the Renewal of Ancient Historic Centers / Carmelo M. Torre 11 A Systematic Analysis of Benefits and Costs of Projects for the Valorization of Cultural Heritage / Francesco Tajani and Pierluigi Morano Part IV A New Approach to the Management of Cultural Territorial Systems: Integrated Cultural Territorial Plans 12 Participation and Integrated Cultural Territorial Plans / Claudia Piscitelli 13 Building Local Cultural Landscapes / Paolo Colarossi 14 Implementing and Reviewing Integrated Cultural Territorial Plans / Pierangela Loconte Part V First Experiences in Eastern Europe 15 Armenian Cultural Territorial Systems First Experience / Sarhat Petrosyan and Gruia Bădescu 16 Moldovan Cultural Territorial Systems First Experiences / Gruia Bădescu and Cătălina Preda 17 Romanian Cultural Territorial Systems First Experience / Vera Marin 18 Serbian Cultural Territorial Systems First Experiences / Aleksandra Djukic, Mirjana Roter Blagojevic and Marko Nikolic Part VI Experiences in Italy 19 Safeguarding and Promoting Historical Heritage and Landscape in Italy / Francesco Selicato and Claudia Piscitelli 20 The Actors’ Role in Practices / Claudia Piscitelli and Pierangela Loconte 21 A Survey of Interesting Practices in the Country / Pierangela Loconte 22 Pedestrian Accessibility of Historical Centres: A Key Determinant of Development / Maurizio Tira 23 The Institutional Framework for Planning Instruments and Heritage Protection / Francesco Rotondo Part VII Conclusions: Perspectives for Territorial Cultural Systems 24 Conclusions: Perspectives for Territorial Cultural Systems / Francesco Selicato Index
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 15
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Signatur: 9783319292793 (e-book)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This book gives a unique insight into the current knowledge of krill population dynamics including distribution, biomass, production, recruitment, growth and mortality rates. Detailed analysis is provided on food and feeding, reproduction and krill behaviour. The volume provides an overview on the aspects of natural challenges to the species, which involve predation, parasites and the commercial exploitation of the resource and its management. A chapter on genetics shows the results of population subdivision and summarizes recent work on sequencing transcriptomes for studying gene function as part of the physiology of live krill. The focus of Chapter 4 is on physiological functions such as biochemical composition, metabolic activity and growth change with ontogeny and season; and will demonstrate which environmental factors are the main drivers for variability. Further discussed in this chapter are the bottle necks which occur in the annual life cycle of krill, and the mechanisms krill have adapted to cope with severe environmental condition.
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 441 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319292793 , 978-3-319-29279-3
    ISSN: 2468-5712 , 2468-5720
    Serie: Advances in polar ecology
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents 1 Introducing Antarctic Krill Euphausia superba Dana, 1850 / Volker Siegel 2 Distribution, Biomass and Demography of Antarctic Krill, Euphausia superba / Volker Siegel and Jonathan L. Watkins 3 Age, Growth, Mortality, and Recruitment of Antarctic Krill, Euphausia superba / Christian S. Reiss 4 Physiology of Euphausia superba / Bettina Meyer and Mathias Teschke 5 Feeding and Food Processing in Antarctic Krill (Euphausia superba Dana) / Katrin Schmidt and Angus Atkinson 6 Reproduction and Larval Development in Antarctic Krill (Euphausia superba) / So Kawaguchi 7 Genetics of Antarctic Krill / Simon N. Jarman and Bruce E. Deagle 8 Swarming and Behaviour in Antarctic Krill / Geraint A. Tarling and Sophie Fielding 9 The Importance of Krill Predation in the Southern Ocean / Philip N. Trathan and Simeon L. Hill 10 Parasites and Diseases / Jaime Go´mez-Gutie´rrez and Jose´ Rau´l Morales-A´ vila 11 The Fishery for Antarctic Krill: Its Current Status and Management Regime / Stephen Nicol and Jacqueline Foster Glossary Subject Index Genera and Species Index
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 16
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Frankfurt am Main : Fachmedien Recht und Wirtschaft ; dfv Mediengruppe
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: AWI S5-16-90229
    In: Heidelberger Musterverträge ; 79
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 29 Seiten , 21 cm x 14.8 cm
    Ausgabe: 4., aktualisierte Auflage 2016
    ISBN: 9783800543496 , 978-3-8005-4349-6
    Serie: Heidelberger Musterverträge Heft 79
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 17
    Signatur: ZSP-760/A-15
    In: Terra Antartica reports, No. 15
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 15 Seiten , Illustrationen , 8 Kartenbeilagen, 1 CD-ROM
    ISBN: 978-88-88395-12-8
    Serie: Terra Antartica reports 15
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Mount Melbourne Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 2012 / P. C. Pertusati, G. Musumeci, R. Carosi, M. Meccheri 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Reeves Névé Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 2012 / R. Casnedi, P. C. Pertusati, F. Salvini 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Mount Murchison Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 1997 / G. Capponi, M. Meccheri & P. C. Pertusati 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Mount Joyce Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 1999 / G. Capponi, L. Crispini, M. Meccheri, G. Musumeci & P. C. Pertusati 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Relief Inlet Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 1999 / G. Capponi, L. Crispini, M. Meccheri, G. Musumeci & P. C. Pertusati 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Coulman Island Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 1997 / G. Capponi, M. Meccheri & G. Oggiano 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Sequence Hills Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 2012 / R. Carosi, M. Meccheri, G. Musumeci, P. C. Pertusati 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Freyberg Mountains Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 2012 / G. Capponi, M. Meccheri, P. C. Pertusati 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 18
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Berlin : Springer
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: AWI S4-18-91822
    In: Texts in computational science and engineering, 6
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XXXI, 922Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen
    Ausgabe: Fifth edition
    ISBN: 9783662498873 , 9783662498866
    Serie: Texts in computational science and engineering 6
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: 1 Computing with Formulas. - 1.1 The First Programming Encounter: a Formula. - 1.1.1 Using a Program as a Calculator. - 1.1.2 About Programs and Programming. - 1.1.3 Tools for Writing Programs. - 1.1.4 Writing and Running Your First Python Program. - 1.1.5 Warning About Typing Program Text. - 1.1.6 Verifying the Result. - 1.1.7 Using Variables. - 1.1.8 Names of Variables. - 1.1.9 Reserved Words in Python. - 1.1.10 Comments. - 1.1.11 Formatting Text and Numbers. - 1.2 Computer Science Glossary. - 1.3 Another Formula: Celsius-Fahrenheit Conversion. - 1.3.1 Potential Error: Integer Division. - 1.3.2 Objects in Python. - 1.3.3 Avoiding Integer Division. - 1.3.4 Arithmetic Operators and Precedence. - 1.4 Evaluating Standard Mathematical Functions. - 1.4.1 Example: Using the Square Root Function. - 1.4.2 Example: Computing with sinh x. - 1.4.3 A First Glimpse of Rounding Errors. - 1.5 Interactive Computing. - 1.5.1 Using the Python Shell. - 1.5.2 Type Conversion. - 1.5.3 IPython. - 1.6 Complex Numbers. - 1.6.1 Complex Arithmetics in Python. - 1.6.2 Complex Functions in Python. - 1.6.3 Unified Treatment of Complex and Real Functions. - 1.7 Symbolic Computing. - 1.7.1 Basic Differentiation and Integration. - 1.7.2 Equation Solving. - 1.7.3 Taylor Series and More. - 1.8 Summary. - 1.8.1 Chapter Topics. - 1.8.2 Example: Trajectory of a Ball. - 1.8.3 About Typesetting Conventions in This Book. - 1.9 Exercises. - 2 Loops and Lists. - 2.1 While Loops. - 2.1.1 A Naive Solution. - 2.1.2 While Loops. - 2.1.3 Boolean Expressions. - 2.1.4 Loop Implementation of a Sum. - 2.2 Lists. - 2.2.1 Basic List Operations. - 2.2.2 For Loops. - 2.3 Alternative Implementations with Lists and Loops. - 2.3.1 While Loop Implementation of a for Loop. - 2.3.2 The Range Construction. - 2.3.3 For Loops with List Indices. - 2.3.4 Changing List Elements. - 2.3.5 List Comprehension. - 2.3.6 Traversing Multiple Lists Simultaneously. - 2.4 Nested Lists. - 2.4.1 A table as a List of Rows or Columns. - 2.4.2 Printing Objects. - 2.4.3 Extracting Sublists. - 2.4.4 Traversing Nested Lists. - 2.5 Tuples. - 2.6 Summary. - 2.6.1 Chapter Topics. - 2.6.2 Example: Analyzing List Data. - 2.6.3 How to Find More Python Information. - 2.7 Exercises. - 3 Functions and Branching. - 3.1 Functions. - 3.1.1 Mathematical Functions as Python Functions. - 3.1.2 Understanding the Program Flow. - 3.1.3 Local and Global Variables. - 3.1.4 Multiple Arguments. - 3.1.5 Function Argument or Global Variable?. - 3.1.6 Beyond Mathematical Functions. - 3.1.7 Multiple Return Values. - 3.1.8 Computing Sums. - 3.1.9 Functions with No Return Values. - 3.1.10 Keyword Arguments. - 3.1.11 Doc Strings. - 3.1.12 Functions as Arguments to Functions. - 3.1.13 The Main Program. - 3.1.14 Lambda Functions. - 3.2 Branching. - 3.2.1 If-else Blocks. - 3.2.2 Inline if Tests. - 3.3 Mixing Loops, Branching, and Functions in Bioinformatics Examples. - 3.3.1 Counting Letters in DNA Strings. - 3.3.2 Efficiency Assessment. - 3.3.3 Verifying the Implementations. - 3.4 Summary. - 3.4.1 Chapter Topics. - 3.4.2 Example: Numerical Integration. - 3.5 Exercises. - 4 User Input and Error Handling. - 4.1 Asking Questions and Reading Answers. - 4.1.1 Reading Keyboard Input. - 4.2 Reading from the Command Line. - 4.2.1 Providing Input on the Command Line. - 4.2.2 A Variable Number of Command-Line Arguments. - 4.2.3 More on Command-Line Arguments. - 4.3 Turning User Text into Live Objects. - 4.3.1 The Magic Eval Function. - 4.3.2 The Magic Exec Function. - 4.3.3 Turning String Expressions into Functions. - 4.4 Option-Value Pairs on the Command Line. - 4.4.1 Basic Usage of the Argparse Module. - 4.4.2 Mathematical Expressions as Values. - 4.5 Reading Data from File. - 4.5.1 Reading a File Line by Line. - 4.5.2 Alternative Ways of Reading a File. - 4.5.3 Reading a Mixture of Text and Numbers. - 4.6 Writing Data to File. - 4.6.1 Example: Writing a Table to File. - 4.6.2 Standard Input and Output as File Objects. - 4.6.3 What is a File, Really?. - 4.7 Handling Errors. - 4.7.1 Exception Handling. - 4.7.2 Raising Exceptions. - 4.8 A Glimpse of Graphical User Interfaces. - 4.9 Making Modules. - 4.9.1 Example: Interest on Bank Deposits. - 4.9.2 Collecting Functions in a Module File. - 4.9.3 Test Block. - 4.9.4 Verification of the Module Code. - 4.9.5 Getting Input Data. - 4.9.6 Doc Strings in Modules. - 4.9.7 Using Modules. - 4.9.8 Distributing Modules. - 4.9.9 Making Software Available on the Internet. - 4.10 Making Code for Python 2 and 3. - 4.10.1 Basic Differences Between Python 2 and 3. - 4.10.2 Turning Python 2 Code into Python 3 Code. - 4.11 Summary. - 4.11.1 Chapter Topics. - 4.11.2 Example: Bisection Root Finding. - 4.12 Exercises. - 5 Array Computing and Curve Plotting. - 5.1 Vectors. - 5.1.1 The Vector Concept. - 5.1.2 Mathematical Operations on Vectors. - 5.1.3 Vector Arithmetics and Vector Functions. - 5.2 Arrays in Python Programs. - 5.2.1 Using Lists for Collecting Function Data. - 5.2.2 Basics of Numerical Python Arrays. - 5.2.3 Computing Coordinates and Function Values. - 5.2.4 Vectorization. - 5.3 Curve Plotting. - 5.3.1 MATLAB-Style Plotting with Matplotlib. - 5.3.2 Matplotlib; Pyplot Prefix. - 5.3.3 SciTools and Easyviz. - 5.3.4 Making Animations. - 5.3.5 Making Videos. - 5.3.6 Curve Plots in Pure Text. - 5.4 Plotting Difficulties. - 5.4.1 Piecewisely Defined Functions. - 5.4.2 Rapidly Varying Functions. - 5.5 More Advanced Vectorization of Functions. - 5.5.1 Vectorization of StringFunction Objects. - 5.5.2 Vectorization of the Heaviside Function. - 5.5.3 Vectorization of a Hat Function. - 5.6 More on Numerical Python Arrays. - 5.6.1 Copying Arrays. - 5.6.2 In-Place Arithmetics. - 5.6.3 Allocating Arrays. - 5.6.4 Generalized Indexing. - 5.6.5 Testing for the Array Type. - 5.6.6 Compact Syntax for Array Generation. - 5.6.7 Shape Manipulation. - 5.7 High-Performance Computing with Arrays. - 5.7.1 Scalar Implementation. - 5.7.2 Vectorized Implementation. - 5.7.3 Memory-Saving Implementation. - 5.7.4 Analysis of Memory Usage. - 5.7.5 Analysis of the CPU Time. - 5.8 Higher-Dimensional Arrays. - 5.8.1 Matrices and Arrays. - 5.8.2 Two-Dimensional Numerical Python Arrays. - 5.8.3 Array Computing. - 5.8.4 Matrix Objects. - 5.9 Some Common Linear Algebra Operations. - 5.9.1 Inverse, Determinant, and Eigenvalues. - 5.9.2 Products. - 5.9.3 Norms. - 5.9.4 Sum and Extreme Values. - 5.9.5 Indexing. - 5.9.6 Transpose and Upper/Lower Triangular Parts. - 5.9.7 Solving Linear Systems. - 5.9.8 Matrix Row and Column Operations. - 5.9.9 Computing the Rank of a Matrix. - 5.9.10 Symbolic Linear Algebra. - 5.10 Plotting of Scalar and Vector Fields. - 5.10.1 Installation. - 5.10.2 Surface Plots. - 5.10.3 Parameterized Curve. - 5.10.4 Contour Lines. - 5.10.5 The Gradient Vector Field. - 5.11 Matplotlib. - 5.11.1 Surface Plots. - 5.11.2 Contour Plots. - 5.11.3 Vector Field Plots. - 5.12 Mayavi. - 5.12.1 Surface Plots. - 5.12.2 Contour Plots. - 5.12.3 Vector Field Plots. - 5.12.4 A 3D Scalar Field and Its Gradient Field. - 5.12.5 Animations. - 5.13 Summary. - 5.13.1 Chapter Topics. - 5.13.2 Example: Animating a Function. - 5.14 Exercises. - 6 Dictionaries and Strings. - 6.1 Dictionaries. - 6.1.1 Making Dictionaries. - 6.1.2 Dictionary Operations. - 6.1.3 Example: Polynomials as Dictionaries. - 6.1.4 Dictionaries with Default Values and Ordering. - 6.1.5 Example: Storing File Data in Dictionaries. - 6.1.6 Example: Storing File Data in Nested Dictionaries. - 6.1.7 Example: Reading and Plotting Data Recorded at Specific Dates. - 6.2 Strings. - 6.2.1 Common Operations on Strings. - 6.2.2 Example: Reading Pairs of Numbers. - 6.2.3 Example: Reading Coordinates. - 6.3 Reading Data fromWeb Pages. - 6.3.1 About Web Pages. - 6.3.2 How to Access Web Pages
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 19
    Signatur: AWI G3-19-92460
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Yukon Coast in Canada is an ice-rich permafrost coast and highly sensitive to changing environmental conditions. Retrogressive thaw slumps are a common thermoerosion feature along this coast, and develop through the thawing of exposed ice-rich permafrost on slopes and removal of accumulating debris. They contribute large amounts of sediment, including organic carbon and nitrogen, to the nearshore zone. The objective of this study was to 1) identify the climatic and geomorphological drivers of sediment-meltwater release, 2) quantify the amount of released meltwater, sediment, organic carbon and nitrogen, and 3) project the evolution of sediment-meltwater release of retrogressive thaw slumps in a changing future climate. The analysis is based on data collected over 18 days in July 2013 and 18 days in August 2012. A cut-throat flume was set up in the main sediment-meltwater channel of the largest retrogressive thaw slump on Herschel Island. In addition, two weather stations, one on top of the undisturbed tundra and one on the…
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 163 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Table of Contents Abstract Kurzfassung Abbreviations and nomenclature 1. Introduction 2. Scientific Background 2.1. Permafrost 2.2.Retrogressive Thaw Slumps 2.3. Inputs of Freshwater, Sediment and Carbon into the Canadian Beaufort Sea 3. Study Area 3.1. Regional Setting: Yukon Coast and Herschel Island 3.2. Retrogressive Thaw Slumps 4. Material and Methods 4.1. Field Work 4.1.1. Terrain Photography 4.1.2. Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS) 4.1.3. Light Detection And Ranging (LiDAR) and Digital Elevation Model (DEM) 4.1.4. Micrometeorology 4.1.5. Discharge Measurement 4.1.6. Multiple Regression-Statistical Relationships between Micrometeorological Variables and Discharge 4.1.7. Sampling 4.2. Laboratory Analyses 4.2.1. Sedimentological Analyses 4.2.2. Hydrochemical Analyses 4.3. Fluxes of Sediment and (In-) Organic Matter 5. Results 5.1. Field Work 5.1.1. Terrain Photography 5.1.2. Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS) 5.1.3. Light Detecting And Ranging (LiDAR) and Digital Elevation Model (DEM) 5.1.4. Micrometeorology 5.1.5. Discharge 5.1.6. Multiple Regression - Statistical Relationships between Micrometeorology and Discharge 5.2. Laboratory Analyses 5.2.1. Sedimentological Analyses 5.2.2. Hydrochemical Analyses 5.3. Fluxes of Sediment-meltwater 6. Discussion 6.1. Microclimatological and Geomorphological Factors Controlling Discharge 6.1.1. Diurnal Variations 6.1.2. Seasonal Variations 6.2. Contribution of Retrogressive Thaw Slumps to the Sediment Budget of the Yukon Coast 6.2.1. Origin of Outflow Material 6.2.2. Slump D in the Regional Context 6.2.3. Seasonal Sediment Budget Compilation for Slump D 6.2.4. Retrogressive Thaw Slump Occurrence along the Yukon Coast 6.2.5. Input to the Beaufort Sea 6.3. Projected Climatic Change and its Impact on Retrogressive Thaw Slump Outflow 6.4. Uncertainties and Limitations 6.5. Future Research 7. Conclusion 8. Appendix 8.1. Field Work 8.1.1. Slump D's northern headwall profile 8.1.2. Collinson Head slump 8.1.3. Herschel Island West Coast slump 8.1.4. Roland Bay slump 8.1.5. Kay Point slump 8.2. Laboratory Work 8.2.1. Volumetric Ice Content 8.2.2. Grain Size 8.3. Evolution of Slump D 8.3.1. Geo Eye satellite of Slump D 8.3.2. Aerial Oblique Photography of Slump D 8.3.3. LiDAR of Slump D 8.3.4. Time Lapse Photography of Slump D's Headwall 9. References 10. Financial and technical support 11. Acknowledgement - Danksagung
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 20
    facet.materialart.12
    Amsterdam : Academic Press is an imprint of Elsevier
    Signatur: 9780128009956 (e-book)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Aquafeed Formulation is the only resource that provides summaries with examples and formulation techniques specifically to meet the needs of anyone in the aquaculture industry. As feed is the largest single cost item in aquaculture production, and formulating aquaculture feed requires many combinations of several ingredients and nutrient requirements, this book takes a clear and concise approach, providing essential information on formulation and covering relevant available software, feed nutrients, and additives such as enzymes and phytase and conjugated fatty acids, as well as best industry practices to improve aquafeed production. Users will find this to be a one-stop resource for anyone interested or involved in, the global aquaculture industry.
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (303 Seiten) , Illustrationen , 24 cm
    ISBN: 9780128009956
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents List of contributors Acknowledgments Introduction 1 Overview of the aquaculture feed industry / Zuridah Merican and Dagoberto Sanchez 1. Aquafeed in Asia 1.1 Introduction 1.2 A shift in equilibrium 1.3 Lower demand with EMS 1.4 Horizontal expansion and integration 1.5 Extruded and functional feeds 1.6 Rising production costs 1.7 Feed production and trends 1.8 New capacity and new entrants 1.9 Shrimp feed types 1.10 Feed prices 1.11 Country developments 2. Aquafeed in the Americas 2.1 Development of aquafeed production in the Americas 2.2 Country development Acknowledgments References 2 Feed formulation software / A. Victor Suresh 2.1 Introduction 2.2 General overview of the formulation process in the feed industry 2.3 LP-based feed formulation 2.4 Essential components of LP-based feed formulation software 2.5 Software options 2.6 Conclusion Acknowledgments References 3 Understanding the nutritional and biological constraints of ingredients to optimize their application in aquaculture feeds / Brett Glencross 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Characterizing ingredients 3.3 Chemical composition of oils 3.4 Digestibility, palatability, and utilization value of plant protein meals 3.5 Nutritional value of plant and animal oils to aquaculture species 3.6 Processing effects of ingredients References 4 Nutrient requirements / Cesar Molina-Poveda 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Proteins and amino acids 4.3 Lipids and fatty acids 4.4 Carbohydrates 4.5 Nutritional energetics 4.6 Vitamins 4.7 Minerals References 5 Functional feed additives in aquaculture feeds / Pedro Encarnagao 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Phytogenies 5.3 Organic acids 5.4 Yeast products 5.5 Probiotics 5.6 Enzymes 5.7 Mycotoxin binders References 6 Optimizing nutritional quality of aquafeeds / Karthik Masagounder, Sheila Ramos, Ingolf Reimann and Girish Channarayapatna 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Sources of nutrient database 6.3 Nutrient levels and variability in commonly used raw materials 6.4 Impact of heat damage on the amino acid level and their variability 6.5 Proximate nutrients of raw material 6.6 Managing nutrient variation 6.7 Integration of Laboratory Information Management System and formulation 6.8 Summary References Index
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 21
    Signatur: 9783319302591 (e-book)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This book highlights perspectives, insights, and data in the coupled fields of aquatic microbial ecology and biogeochemistry when viewed through the lens of collaborative duos - dual career couples. Their synergy and collaborative interactions have contributed substantially to our contemporary understanding of pattern, process and dynamics. This is thus a book by dual career couples about dual scientific processes. The papers herein represent wide-ranging topics, from the processes that structure microbial diversity to nitrogen and photosynthesis metabolism, to dynamics of changing ecosystems and processes and dynamics in individual ecosystems. In all, these papers take us from the Arctic to Africa, from the Arabian Sea to Australia, from small lakes in Maine and Yellowstone hot vents to the Sargasso Sea, and in the process provide analyses that make us think about the structure and function of all of these systems in the aquatic realm. This book is useful not only for the depth and breadth of knowledge conveyed in its chapters, but serves to guide dual career couples faced with the great challenges only they face. Great teams do make great science
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 300 Seiten) , Diagremma, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319302591 , 978-3-319-30259-1
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Part I Unraveling Microbial Diversity and Their Processes Phagotrophic Protists: Central Roles in Microbial Food Webs / Evelyn B. Sherr and Barry F. Sherr Overview Protists as Elemental Recyclers Protists as Consumers of Bacteria Protists as Consumers of Phytoplankton Protists in High Latitude Food Webs Looking to the Future References Drivers That Structure Biodiversity in the Plankton / Tatiana A. Rynearson and Susanne Menden-Deuer Plankton Biodiversity Alternate Hypotheses That Explain the Paradox of the Plankton An Organismal Perspective on the Paradox of the Plankton: A Biodiversity Explosion from Within? Linking Individual Level Behaviors with Plankton Ecology Pervasive Intra-specific Variability in the Genetic Diversity, Physiological Capacity, and Behavioral Repertoire of Plankton Evolution: Generating and Structuring Diversity over the Long Term Opportunities for Progress References The Elongated, the Squat and the Spherical: Selective Pressures for Phytoplankton Shape / Lee Karp-Boss and Emmanuel Boss Introduction Effects of Shape on Diffusion Other Selective Pressures References Crossing the Freshwater/Saline Barrier: A Phylogenetic Analysis of Bacteria Inhabiting Both Freshwater and Marine Ecosystems / Mina Bižić-Ionescu and Danny Ionescu Introduction Recent Data on Shared Taxa Synthesis of Published Sequence Data Future Perspectives References Approaches and Challenges for Linking Marine Biogeochemical Models with the “Omics” Revolution / Victoria J. Coles and Raleigh R. Hood Introduction Bridging the Cultural and Structural Divide Relating Existing Omics to Current Biogeochemical Models Near-Term Innovation Conclusions References Part II Viewing Growth and Trophodynamics Through a Stoichiometric Lens Out of Africa and into Stoichiometry / Susan S. Kilham and Peter Kilham References Exploring the Implications of the Stoichiometric Modulation of Planktonic Predation / Aditee Mitra and Kevin J. Flynn Introduction Characterising the Predator–Prey Stoichiometric Link Elemental Stoichiometry and Commercial Microalgal Production Effects of Temperature, Ocean Acidification and Nutrient Excess Avoiding Predation Stoichiometry and Mixotrophy Conclusions References . Part III Understanding the Mysteries of Light and Nitrogen On Saturating Response Curves from the Dual Perspectives of Photosynthesis and Nitrogen Metabolism / Todd M. Kana and Patricia M. Glibert Introduction Static vs. Dynamic Behavior Gradient Signals and Dynamics of Response Curves Overall Perspective on Dynamic Kinetics References Nitrate Reductase: A Nexus of Disciplines, Organisms, and Metabolism / Erica B. Young and John A. Berges Introduction Why Nitrate Reductase? Understanding That Has Emerged from Recent NR Measurements Recent Advances and Emerging Challenges Conclusion References The Ammonium Paradox of an Urban High- Nutrient Low-Growth Estuary / Frances Wilkerson and Richard Dugdale High-Nutrient Low-Growth Estuaries and Oligotrophication Observation of an Ammonium Paradox Ammonium: The Gatekeeper Controlling Access to Nitrate References Why Is Planktonic Nitrogen Fixation So Rare in Coastal Marine Ecosystems? Insights from a Cross-Systems Approach / Roxanne Marino and Robert W. Howarth References Where Light and Nutrients Collide: The Global Distribution and Activity of Subsurface Chlorophyll Maximum Layers / Greg M. Silsbe and Sairah Y. Malkin At the Confluence of Light and Nutrients Distribution of Marine SCMLs Phytoplankton Production in SCMLs Subsurface Chlorophyll Maximum Layers in Lakes References Part IV Looking in the Rear View Mirror: The Long View on Changing Ecosystems An Ecosystem in Transition: The Emergence of Mixotrophy in the Arabian Sea / Joaquim I. Goes and Helga do R. Gomes Introduction Materials and Methods Results and Discussion References The Saint Lawrence Island Polynya: A 25-Year Evaluation of an Analogue for Climate Change in Polar Regions / Jacqueline M. Grebmeier and Lee W. Cooper Introduction Synthesis Results and Discussion The Northern Bering Sea: Interannual Variability and Change Benthivores Overall Summary References Ecological Processes and Nutrient Transfers from Land to Sea: A 25-Year Perspective on Research and Management of the Seine River System / Josette Garnier and Gilles Billen Introduction 1850–1990: Organic Pollution and Oxygen 1990–2000: Eutrophication and Algal Bloom 2000–2015: Agricultural Pollution and Nitrate Contamination Conclusion: From Microbial Ecology to Territorial Biogeochemistry References A Historical Perspective on Eutrophication in the Pensacola Bay Estuary, FL, USA / Jane M. Caffrey and Michael C. Murrell Introduction Pensacola Bay Physical Setting Human Colonization of Pensacola Bay River and Estuarine Water Quality Controls on Primary Production, Organic Matter, and Nutrient Cycling Summary References Unpublished Reports Websites Meeting in the Middle: On the Interactions Between Microalgae and Their Predators or Zooplankton and Their Food / Karen H. Wiltshire and Maarten Boersma Introduction Materials and Methods Results Discussion References Lake Transparency: A Window into Decadal Variations in Dissolved Organic Carbon Concentrations in Lakes of Acadia National Park, Maine / Collin Roesler and Charles Culbertson Introduction Methods Results Discussion References Part V Focusing on Unique Systems, Processes and Dynamics Phytoplankton Biodiversity in the Oligotrophic Northwestern Sargasso Sea / James L. Pinckney and Tammi L. Richardson Introduction Materials and Methods Results Discussion References Biological Oceanography of the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia: A Review / Peter C. Rothlisberg and Michele A. Burford Introduction Study Area Currents and Hydrography Phytoplankton and the Role of Nutrients Zooplankton Penaeid Prawn Larval Ecology Larval Dispersal Mechanisms Summary Points References Discerning the Causes of Toxic Cyanobacteria (Lyngbya majuscula) Blooms in Moreton Bay, Australia / Judith M. O’Neil and William C. Dennison Introduction Nutrient Interactions Light Interactions Conceptual Model Broader Significance References Copepod, Ctenophore, and Schyphomedusae Control in Structuring the Chesapeake Bay Summer Mesohaline Planktonic Food Web / Kevin G. Sellner and Stella G. Sellner Introduction Methods Results and Discussion References Microbiogeochemical Ecophysiology of Freshwater Hydrothermal Vents in Mary Bay Canyon, Yellowstone Lake, Yellowstone National Park WY / Carmen Aguilar and Russell Cuhel Introduction Methods Big Picture Outcomes Closing Remarks References Index
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 22
    facet.materialart.12
    New York : Springer
    Signatur: 9781493929818 (e-book)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The meeting of Aquatic Noise 2013 will introduce participants to the most recent research data, regulatory issues and thinking about effects of man-made noise and will foster critical cross-disciplinary discussion between the participants. Emphasis will be on the cross-fertilization of ideas and findings across species and noise sources. As with its predecessor, The Effects of Noise on Aquatic Life: 3rd International Conference will encourage discussion of the impact of underwater sound, its regulation and mitigation of its effects. With over 100 contributions from leading researchers, a wide range of sources of underwater sound will be considered.
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online Ressource ((XXX, 1292 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Biomedical and Life Sciences
    ISBN: 9781493929818 , 978-1-4939-2981-8
    ISSN: 2214-8019 , 0065-2598
    Serie: Advances in experimental medicine and biology 875
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents 1 Noise-Induced Hearing Loss: Permanent Versus Temporary Threshold Shifts and the Effects of Hair Cell Versus Neuronal Degeneration / M. Charles Liberman 2 Modeled and Measured Underwater Sound Isopleths and Implications for Marine Mammal Mitigation in Alaska / Lisanne A.M. Aerts and Bill Streever 3 Peer-Reviewed Studies on the Effects of Anthropogenic Noise on Marine Invertebrates: From Scallop Larvae to Giant Squid / Natacha Aguilar de Soto 4 Sources of Underwater Sound and Their Characterization / Michael A. Ainslie and Christ A.F. de Jong 5 Assessment of Marine Mammal Impact Zones for Use of Military Sonar in the Baltic Sea / Mathias H. Andersson and Torbjörn Johansson 6 Contribution to the Understanding of Particle Motion Perception in Marine Invertebrates / Michel André, Kenzo Kaifu, Marta Solé, Mike van der Schaar, Tomonari Akamatsu, Andreu Balastegui, Antonio M. Sánchez, and Joan V. Castell 7 Functional Morphology and Symmetry in the Odontocete Ear Complex / William Ary, Ted W. Cranford, Annalisa Berta, and Petr Krysl 8 A Low-Cost Open-Source Acoustic Recorder for Bioacoustics Research / John Atkins and Mark Johnson 9 Assessment of Impulsive and Continuous Low- Frequency Noise in Irish Waters / Suzanne Beck, Joanne O’Brien, Simon Berrow, Ian O’Connor, and Dave Wall 10 Is the Venice Lagoon Noisy? First Passive Listening Monitoring of the Venice Lagoon: Possible Effects on the Typical Fish Community / Marta Bolgan, Marta Picciulin, Antonio Codarin, Riccardo Fiorin, Matteo Zucchetta, and Stefano Malavasi 11 Effect of Pile-Driving Sounds on the Survival of Larval Fish / Loes J. Bolle, Christ A.F. de Jong, Stijn M. Bierman, Pieter J.G. van Beek, Peter W. Wessels, Ewout Blom, Cindy J.G. van Damme, Hendrik V. Winter, and René P.A. Dekeling 12 Challenge of Using Passive Acoustic Monitoring in High-Energy Environments: UK Tidal Environments and Other Case Studies / Cormac G. Booth 13 Hearing Mechanisms and Noise Metrics Related to Auditory Masking in Bottlenose Dolphins (Tursiops truncatus) / Brian K. Branstetter, Kimberly L. Bakhtiari, Jennifer S. Trickey, and James J. Finneran 14 Effects of Hatchery Rearing on the Structure and Function of Salmonid Mechanosensory Systems / Andrew D. Brown, Joseph A. Sisneros, Tyler Jurasin, and Allison B. Coffin 15 Effects of Impulsive Pile-Driving Exposure on Fishes / Brandon M. Casper, Thomas J. Carlson, Michele B. Halvorsen, and Arthur N. Popper 16 Review of the Effects of Offshore Seismic Surveys in Cetaceans: Are Mass Strandings a Possibility? / Manuel Castellote and Carlos Llorens 17 Addressing Challenges in Studies of Behavioral Responses of Whales to Noise / Douglas H. Cato, Rebecca A. Dunlop, Michael J. Noad, Robert D. McCauley, Eric Kniest, David Paton, and Ailbhe S. Kavanagh 18 Measurements of Operational Wind Turbine Noise in UK Waters / Samuel Cheesman 19 A Bioenergetics Approach to Understanding the Population Consequences of Disturbance: Elephant Seals as a Model System / Daniel P. Costa, Lisa Schwarz, Patrick Robinson, Robert S. Schick, Patricia A. Morris, Richard Condit, Daniel E. Crocker, and A. Marm Kilpatrick 20 Singing Fish in an Ocean of Noise: Effects of Boat Noise on the Plainfin Midshipman (Porichthys notatus) in a Natural Ecosystem / Sarika Cullis-Suzuki 21 Detection of Complex Sounds in Quiet Conditions by Seals and Sea Lions / Kane A. Cunningham, Brandon L. Southall, and Colleen Reichmuth 22 Offshore Dredger Sounds: Source Levels, Sound Maps, and Risk Assessment / Christ A.F. de Jong, Michael A. Ainslie, Floor Heinis, and Jeroen Janmaat 23 Effects of Offshore Wind Farms on the Early Life Stages of Dicentrarchus labrax / Elisabeth Debusschere, Bert de Coensel, Sofie Vandendriessche, Dick Botteldooren, Kris Hostens, Magda Vincx, and Steven Degraer 24 The European Marine Strategy: Noise Monitoring in European Marine Waters from 2014 / René Dekeling, Mark Tasker, Michael Ainslie, Mathias Andersson, Michel André, Fabrizio Borsani, Karsten Brensing, Manuel Castellote, John Dalen, Thomas Folegot, Sandra van der Graaf, Russell Leaper, Alexander Liebschner, Jukka Pajala, Stephen Robinson, Peter Sigray, Gerry Sutton, Frank Thomsen, Stefanie Werner, Dietrich Wittekind, and John V. Young 25 Potential Population Consequences of Active Sonar Disturbance in Atlantic Herring: Estimating the Maximum Risk / Lise Doksæter Sivle, Petter Helgevold Kvadsheim, and Michael Ainslie 26 Fulfilling EU Laws to Ensure Marine Mammal Protection During Marine Renewable Construction Operations in Scotland / Sarah J. Dolman, Mick Green, Sarah Gregerson, and Caroline R. Weir 27 Expert Elicitation Methods in Quantifying the Consequences of Acoustic Disturbance from Offshore Renewable Energy Developments / Carl Donovan, John Harwood, Stephanie King, Cormac Booth, Bruno Caneco, and Cameron Walker 28 Masking Experiments in Humans and Birds Using Anthropogenic Noises / Robert J. Dooling and Sandra H. Blumenrath 29 Documenting and Assessing Dolphin Calls and Ambient and Anthropogenic Noise Levels via PAM and a SPL Meter / Kathleen M. Dudzinski, Kelly Melillo-Sweeting, and Justin D. Gregg 30 Soundscapes and Larval Settlement: Larval Bivalve Responses to Habitat-Associated Underwater Sounds / David B. Eggleston, Ashlee Lillis, and DelWayne R. Bohnenstiehl 31 Characterizing Marine Soundscapes / Christine Erbe, Robert McCauley, and Alexander Gavrilov 32 Pile-Driving Noise Impairs Antipredator Behavior of the European Sea Bass Dicentrarchus labrax / Kirsty A. Everley, Andrew N. Radford, and Stephen D. Simpson 33 Using Reaction Time and Equal Latency Contours to Derive Auditory Weighting Functions in Sea Lions and Dolphins / James J. Finneran, Jason Mulsow, and Carolyn E. Schlundt 34 Does Primary Productivity Turn Up the Volume? Exploring the Relationship Between Chlorophyll a and the Soundscape of Coral Reefs in the Pacific / Pollyanna I. Fisher-Pool, Marc O. Lammers, Jamison Gove, and Kevin B. Wong 35 Expert Elicitation of Population-Level Effects of Disturbance / Erica Fleishman, Mark Burgman, Michael C. Runge, Robert S. Schick, and Scott Kraus 36 Current Status of Development of Methods to Assess Effects of Cumulative or Aggregated Underwater Sounds on Marine Mammals / Erica Fleishman, Bill Streever, Robyn Angliss, Christopher W. Clark, William T. Ellison, Adam Frankel, Jason Gedamke, Matthias Leu, Megan McKenna, Roberto Racca, Samantha Simmons, and Robert Suydam 37 Seismic Survey Footprints in Irish Waters: A Starting Point for Effective Mitigation / Thomas Folegot, Dominique Clorennec, Gerald Sutton, and Mark Jessopp 38 Stochastic Modeling of Behavioral Response to Anthropogenic Sounds / Adam S. Frankel, William T. Ellison, Kathleen J. Vigness-Raposa, Jennifer L. Giard, and Brandon L. Southall 39 Underwater Sound Levels at a Wave Energy Device Testing Facility in Falmouth Bay, UK / Joanne K. Garrett, Matthew J. Witt, and Lars Johanning 40 Predicting Anthropogenic Noise Contributions to US Waters / Jason Gedamke, Megan Ferguson, Jolie Harrison, Leila Hatch, Laurel Henderson, Michael B. Porter, Brandon L. Southall, and Sofie Van Parijs 41 Auditory Sensitivity and Masking Profiles for the Sea Otter (Enhydra lutris) / Asila Ghoul and Colleen Reichmuth 42 Are Masking-Based Models of Risk Useful? / Robert C. Gisiner 43 “Large” Tank Acoustics: How Big Is Big Enough? / Michael D. Gray, Peter H. Rogers, Arthur N. Popper, Anthony D. Hawkins, and Richard R. Fay 44 High-Resolution Analysis of Seismic Air Gun Impulses and Their Reverberant Field as Contributors to an Acoustic Environment / Melania Guerra, Peter J. Dugan, Dimitri W. Ponirakis, Marian Popescu, Yu Shiu, Aaron N. Rice, and Christopher W. Clark 45 Underwater Sound Propagation Modeling Methods for Predicting Marine Animal Exposure / Craig A. Hamm, Diana F. McCammon, and Martin L. Taillefer 46 Investigating the Effect of Tones and Frequency Sweeps on the Collective Behavior of Penned Herring (Clupea harengus) / Nils Olav Handegard, Kevin Boswell, Alex de Robertis, Gavin John
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 23
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Signatur: 9783319325101 (e-book)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This book will take an evidence-based approach to current knowledge about biomolecules and their place in our lives, inviting readers to explore how we know what we know, and how current gaps in knowledge may influence the way we approach the information. Biomolecular science is increasingly important in our everyday life, influencing the choices we make about our diet, our health, and our wellness. Often, however, information about biomolecular science is presented as a list of immutable facts, discouraging critical thought. The book will introduce the basic tools of structural biology, supply real-life examples, and encourage critical thought about aspects of biology that are still not fully understood.
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 182 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319325101 , 978-3-319-32510-1
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents 1 The Protein Data Bank 2 Seeing Is Believing: Methods of Structure Solution 3 Visualizing the Invisible World of Molecules 4 The Twists and Turns of DNA 5 The Central Dogma 6 The Secret of Life: The Genetic Code 7 Evolution in Action 8 How Evolution Shapes Proteins 9 The Universe of Protein Folds 10 Order and Chaos in Protein Structure 11 Molecular Electronics 12 Green Energy 13 Peak Performance 14 Cellular Signaling Networks 15 GPCRs Revealed 16 Signaling with Hormones 17 Single-Molecule Chemistry: Enzyme Action and the Transition State 18 Seven Wonders of the World of Enzymes 19 Building Bodies 20 Coloring the Biological World 21 Amazing Antibodies 22 Attack and Defense: Weapons of the Immune System 23 Reconstructing HIV Erratum
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 24
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Bonn : Bundesministerium für Bildung und Forschung (BMBF), Referat System Erde
    Signatur: AWI P1-18-91711
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 38 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: Stand: Mai 2016 (unveränderter Nachdruck Januar 2017)
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhaltsverzeichnis: Vorwort. - 1. Einführung. - 2. Herausforderungen an die Küsten-, Meeres- und Polarforschung. - 3. Politischer und programmatischer Rahmen. - 4. Internationale Einbindung der Küsten-, Meeres- und Polarforschung. - 5. Agendaprozesse in der Küsten-, Meeres- und Polarforschung. - 6. Programmstruktur. - 7. Wissenschaftliches Programm. - 7.1 Globaler Wandel und Klima geschehen. - 7.2 Ökosystemfunktion und Biodiversität. - 7.3 Globale Stoffkreisläufe und Energieflüsse. - 7.4 Umgang mit Naturgefahren. - 7.5 Nachhaltige Ressourcennutzung. - 7.6 Governance und Partizipation. - 8. Forschungsinfrastrukturen. - 8.1 Forschungsflotte und Großgeräte. - 8.2 Mess- und Beobachtungstechnik. - 8.3 Daten- und Informationsinfrastrukturen. - 8.4 Modellierungsinfrastruktur. - 9. Innovative Technologien. - 10. Umsetzung des Forschungsprogramms. - 10.1 Zuwendungsgeber, Projektstruktur und Förderhöhe. - 10.2 Auswahlverfahren und Förderbestimmungen. - 10.3 Evaluation. - 11. Weitere Informationen und Ansprechpartner. - Impressum.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 25
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    København : Gyldendal
    Signatur: AWI P8-18-91728
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 230 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten , 30 x 31 cm
    Ausgabe: First edition, first print
    ISBN: 978-87-02-20964-8
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Contents: Introduction. - A changing climate. - The emerging land. - The frozen past. - From ice to sea. - Plant adaptation. - Land of contrasts. - Sheep farming - now and in the future. - Methane in the Arctic. , Parallel texts in Danish and English
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 26
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Dessau-Roßlau : Umweltbundesamt
    Signatur: AWI S6-21-94458
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 43 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: Stand: Oktober 2016
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 27
    facet.materialart.12
    New York : Nova Publishers
    Signatur: 9781634854368 (e-book)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This book discusses the ecology, diversity and environmental impact of Siberia. Chapter One discusses cultural interaction and mutual influence of the civilizations of the Ancient World and the Middle Ages: China, Japan, Korea, Iran, Central Asian nomadic empires, Turkic Khanate, Byzantium, Russian kingdoms, the Ottoman Empire and the Arab Caliphate to Siberia and the Urals. Chapter Two presents issues regarding the current state of soil resources in the world, and focuses on agricultural development of Siberian land within Russia and the world and its hidden productive potential, which in the process of time will have greater economic importance. Chapter Three reviews the impact of recent climate changes and technogenic contamination with fluorides emitted by aluminum smelters on the microbial transformation of carbon, the regimes of functioning, and the state of agroecosystems on gray forest soils (Luvic Greyzemic Phaeozems) in the forest-steppe zone of the Baikal region on the basis of data of the long-term agroecological monitoring. Chapter Four studies the ecological interactions that take place within the vast region of Siberia among the avian reservoir hosts and viral populations, and the environment they utilize. Chapter Five presents the results of hydro-chemical research conducted in the spring of 2013 and end of August of 2014 in the northern part of Western Siberia. Chapter Six presents the results of research on selected terrestrial surface waters in the arctic tundra of Western Siberia conducted during the Spring of 2013, Fall of 2014, and Winter of 2015. (Imprint: Nova)
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (249 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781634854368 (e-book)
    Serie: Russian political, economic, and security issues
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Table of Contents Preface Chapter 1. North-East Eurasia (Siberia) in the Context of World History: New Concepts / Vladislav Kokoulin and Igor Likhomanov Chapter 2. The Past, Present, and Future of the use of the Agricultural Soils of Siberia / W. Halicki and K. Kita Chapter 3. Agroecological Monitoring of the Carbon Transformation in Agroecosystems on Gray Forest Soils of the Baikal Region under Current Climatic Changes and Conditions of Fluoride Pollution / L. V. Pomazkina and Yu. V. Semenova Chapter 4. Ecology of Avian Influenza Viruses in Siberia / Maria Alessandra De Marco, Kirill Sharshov, Marina Gulyaeva, Mauro Delogu, Lorenzo Ciccarese, Maria Rita Castrucci, Alexander Shestopalov Chapter 5. Assessment of Biogenic Substances of Selected Terrestrial Waters in the Northern Part of Western Siberia: Significance for Ecology and Climate Change / W. Halicki, M. W. Kochanska and S. N. Kirpotin Chapter 6. Quality Assessment of Selected Surface Waters of the Arctic Tundra of Western Siberia in the Context of Climate Change / W. Halicki, M.W. Kochanska and S.N. Kirpotin Index
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 28
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: 9783319252025 (e-book)
    In: Theory and applications of transport in porous media, Volume 27
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This book treats the mechanics of porous materials infiltrated with a fluid (poromechanics), focussing on its linear theory (poroelasticity). Porous materials from inanimate bodies such as sand, soil and rock, living bodies such as plant tissue, animal flesh, or man-made materials can look very different due to their different origins, but as readers will see, the underlying physical principles governing their mechanical behaviors can be the same, making this work relevant not only to engineers but also to scientists across other scientific disciplines. Readers will find discussions of physical phenomena including soil consolidation, land subsidence, slope stability, borehole failure, hydraulic fracturing, water wave and seabed interaction, earthquake aftershock, fluid injection induced seismicity and heat induced pore pressure spalling as well as discussions of seismoelectric and seismoelectromagnetic effects. The work also explores the biomechanics of cartilage, bone and blood vessels. Chapters present theory using an intuitive, phenomenological approach at the bulk continuum level, and a thermodynamics-based variational energy approach at the micromechanical level. The physical mechanisms covered extend from the quasi-static theory of poroelasticity to poroelastodynamics, poroviscoelasticity, porothermoelasticity, and porochemoelasticity. Closed form analytical solutions are derived in details. This book provides an excellent introduction to linear poroelasticity and is especially relevant to those involved in civil engineering, petroleum and reservoir engineering, rock mechanics, hydrology, geophysics, and biomechanics.
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (893 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319252025 (e-book) , 978-3-319-25202-5
    ISSN: 2213-6940 , 0924-6118
    Serie: Theory and applications of transport in porous media Volume 27
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Porous Material 1.2 Physical Mechanism 1.2.1 Drained and Undrained Responses 1.2.2 Time and Length Scale 1.2.3 Skempton Pore Pressure Effect 1.2.4 Effective Stress for Volumetric Deformation 1.2.5 Effective Stress for Pore Collapse 1.2.6 Fluid Storage 1.2.7 Thermoelasticity Analogy 1.2.8 Coupled Versus Uncoupled Diffusion 1.3 Poroelastic Phenomena 1.3.1 Borehole Failure 1.3.2 Mandel-Cryer Effect 1.3.3 Noordbergum Effect 1.3.4 Land Subsidence 1.3.5 Slope Stability and Fault Slippage 1.3.6 Fluid Induced Seismicity 1.3.7 Outburst of Coal 1.3.8 Hydraulic Fracturing 1.3.9 Water Wave and Seabed Interaction 1.3.10 Tidal and Barometric Efficiency 1.3.11 Biomechanics 1.3.12 Poroviscoelasticity and Anelastic Strain Recovery 1.3.13 Porothermoelasticity and Thermal Fracturing 1.3.14 Poroelastodynamics and Seismoelectric Effect 1.3.15 Swelling of Clay and Shale 1.3.16 Nanoporous Material References 2 Constitutive Equation 2.1 Physical Versus Phenomenological Approach 2.2 Stress and Strain of Porous Medium 2.2.1 Stress 2.2.2 Strain 2.3 Poroelastic Constitutive Equation 2.3.1 Isotropic Elastic Material 2.3.2 Isotropic Poroelastic Material 2.3.3 Reciprocal Work Theorem 2.3.4 Stress-Strain Relation 2.3.5 Strain-Stress Relation 2.4 Bulk Material Constant 2.4.1 Drained and Undrained Constant 2.4.2 Effective Stress Coefficient 2.4.3 Pore Pressure Coefficient 2.4.4 Storage Coefficient References 3 Micromechanics 3.1 Micromechanical Analysis 3.1.1 Solid and Pore Volumetric Strain 3.1.2 Fluid Volumetric Strain 3.1.3 Link Among Material Constants 3.2 Ideal Porous Medium 3.3 Effective Modulus 3.3.1 Mackenzie Model 3.3.2 Walsh Model 3.3.3 Budiansky and O’Connell Model 3.3.4 Bounds on Material Constants 3.4 Nonlinear Model 3.4.1 Effective Stress Dependent Pore Compressibility 3.4.2 Compaction Induced Permeability Change 3.5 Laboratory Test 3.5.1 Drained Test 3.5.2 Undrained Test 3.5.3 Unjacketed Test 3.6 Table of Poroelastic Constants References 4 Variational Energy Formulation 4.1 Internal and External Stress and Strain 4.1.1 Porosity 4.1.2 Volume and Surface Averaging of Elastic Material 4.1.3 Volume and Surface Averaging of Porous Material 4.1.4 Linkage Between Internal and External Strains 4.2 Thermodynamic Principles 4.3 Variational Formulation 4.3.1 Virtual Work 4.3.2 Internal Energy 4.3.3 Porosity Equilibrium 4.4 Constitutive Equation 4.4.1 Linear Material Model 4.4.2 Linear Model 4.5 Intrinsic Material Constant 4.5.1 Effective Solid Bulk Modulus 4.5.2 Fundamental Deformation Mode 4.5.3 Microisotropy and Microhomogeneity: Ideal Porous Medium 4.6 Link with Phenomenological Model 4.6.1 Link with Bulk Continuum Model 4.6.2 Link with Micromechanics Model 4.7 Deviation from Ideal Porous Medium 4.8 Limiting Material Properties 4.8.1 Ideal Porous Medium 4.8.2 Granular Material 4.8.3 Soil Mechanics Model: Saturated 4.8.4 Soil Mechanics Model: Nearly Saturated 4.8.5 Highly Compressible Solid 4.8.6 Highly Compressible Fluid 4.9 Material Stability and Energy Diagram 4.10 Semilinear Model 4.10.1 Geometric Nonlinearity 4.10.2 Structural Nonlinearity 4.11 Laboratory Measurement of Intrinsic Constant References 5 Anisotropy 5.1 Anisotropic Constitutive Equation 5.1.1 Elasticity 5.1.2 Poroelastic Stress-Strain Relation 5.1.3 Poroelastic Strain-Stress Relation 5.2 Material Symmetry 5.2.1 Orthotropy 5.2.2 Transverse Isotropy 5.2.3 Isotropy 5.3 Micromechanics 5.4 Ideal Porous Medium 5.5 Example References 6 Governing Equation 6.1 Darcy’s Law 6.1.1 Darcy’s Empirical Law 6.1.2 Homogenization Theory 6.1.3 Intrinsic Permeability and Mobility Coefficient 6.1.4 Irreversible Thermodynamics Process 6.2 Other Physical Laws 6.2.1 Mass Conservation 6.2.2 Force Equilibrium 6.3 Governing Equation 6.3.1 Navier-Cauchy Equation 6.3.2 Diffusion Equation 6.3.3 Compatibility Equation 6.3.4 Harmonic Relation 6.3.5 Orthotropy 6.3.6 Transverse Isotropy 6.4 Degenerated Governing Equation 6.4.1 Drained and Undrained State 6.4.2 Soil Mechanics Model 6.4.3 Irrotational Displacement Field 6.4.4 Uncoupling of Diffusion Equation 6.5 Boundary Value Problem 6.5.1 Existence and Uniqueness 6.5.2 Boundary Condition 6.6 Field Equation 6.6.1 Biot Function 6.6.2 Biot Decomposition 6.6.3 McNamee-Gibson Displacement Function References 7 Analytical Solution 7.1 Review of Early Work 7.2 Uniaxial Strain 7.2.1 Isotropy 7.2.2 Transverse Isotropy 7.3 One-Dimensional Consolidation Problem 7.3.1 Terzaghi’s Consolidation Problem 7.3.2 Loading by Fluid Pressure 7.3.3 Variable Rete Loading 7.3.4 Harmonic Excitation 7.4 Plane Strain 7.4.1 Orthotropy 7.4.2 Isotropy 7.4.3 Volumetric Strain and Rotation Formulation 7.5 Generalized Plane Strain 7.5.1 Definition of Generalized Plane Strain 7.5.2 Pure Shear 7.5.3 Warping 7.5.4 Torsion 7.5.5 Plane Strain 7.5.6 Axial Strain 7.5.7 Pure Bending 7.6 Pure Bending of Plate 7.6.1 Bending of Cantilever Plate 7.6.2 Buckling of Axially Loaded Plate 7.7 Mandel Problem 7.8 Water Wave Over Seabed 7.9 Spherical Symmetry 7.10 Cryer Problem 7.11 Spherical Cavity 7.11.1 Pressurized Cavity 7.11.2 Excavated Cavity 7.11.3 Pore Pressure Meter Problem 7.12 Axial Symmetry 7.13 Cylinder Problem 7.13.1 Solid Cylinder 7.13.2 Hollow Cylinder 7.14 Borehole Problem 7.14.1 Plane Strain Borehole Problem 7.14.2 Inclined Borehole Problem 7.15 Borehole and Cylinder Application Problems 7.15.1 Retrieval of Cylindrical Core 7.15.2 Excavated Borehole 7.15.3 Fluid Extraction and Injection 7.15.4 Borehole Breakdown Pressure 7.15.5 Borehole Stability Analysis 7.16 Moving Load on Half Plane 7.17 Plane Strain Half Space and Layered Problem 7.17.1 General Solution for Layered Problem 7.17.2 Plane Strain Half Space Problem 7.18 Axial Symmetry Half Space Problem References 8 Fundamental Solution and Integral Equation 8.1 Reciprocal Theorem 8.1.1 Green’s Second Identity 8.1.2 Betti-Maxwell Reciprocal Theorem 8.1.3 Reciprocal Theorem of Poroelasticity 8.2 Somigliana Integral Equation 8.2.1 Green’s Third Identity 8.2.2 Elasticity 8.2.3 Poroelasticity 8.3 Fredholm Integral Equation 8.3.1 Potential Problem 8.3.2 Elasticity 8.3.3 Poroelasticity 8.4 Stress Discontinuity Method 8.5 Displacement Discontinuity Method 8.6 Dislocation Method 8.7 Galerkin Integral Equation 8.8 Fundamental Solution 8.8.1 Elementary Fundamental Solution 8.8.2 Elasticity Fundamental Solution 8.9 Poroelasticity Fundamental Solution 8.10 Fluid Source 8.10.1 Continuous Source 8.10.2 Instantaneous Source 8.11 Fluid Dipole 8.11.1 Continuous Dipole 8.11.2 Instantaneous Dipole 8.12 Fluid Dilatation 8.12.1 Continuous Fluid Dilatation 8.12.2 Instantaneous Fluid Dilatation 8.13 Fluid Force 8.13.1 Continuous Fluid Force 8.13.2 Instantaneous Fluid Force 8.14 Fluid Dodecapole 8.15 Total Force 8.15.1 Continuous Total Force 8.15.2 Instantaneous Total Force 8.16 Solid Quadrupole and Hexapole 8.17 Solid Center of Dilatation 8.18 Displacement Discontinuity 8.19 Edge Dislocation 8.20 Fundamental Solution Relation Based on Reciprocity References 9 Poroelastodynamics 9.1 Dynamic Equilibrium Equation 9.2 Dynamic Permeability 9.3 Governing Equation 9.4 Wave Propagation 9.4.1 Elastic Wave 9.4.2 Poroelastic Wave 9.5 Phase Velocity and Attenuation 9.5.1 Phase Velocity 9.5.2 Attenuation 9.5.3 Extended Biot Models 9.6 One-Dimensional Wave Problem 9.6.1 Half Space 9.6.2 Finite Thickness Layer 9.7 Thermoelasticity Analogy 9.8 Poroelastodynamics Fundamental Solution 9.8.1 Elastodynamics Fundamental Solution 9.8.2 Helmholtz Decomposition 9.8.3 Three-Dimensional Point Force Solution 9.8.4 Three-Dimensional Fluid Source Solution 9.8.5 Two-Dimensional Fundamental Solution 9.9 Integral Equation Representation 9.10 Plane Wave Reflection and Refraction 9.10.1 Plane Strain Wave Solution 9.10.2 Reflection on Free Surface—Non-Dissipative Medium 9.10.3 Reflection on Free Surface—Dissipative Medium 9.10.4 Impermeable Surface 9.10.5 Fluid and Porous Medium Interface References 10 Poroviscoelasticity 10.1 Viscoelasticity 10.1.1 Spring and Dashpot Model 10.1.2 Correspondence Principle
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 29
    Signatur: 9789401772426 (e-book)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This textbook provides a comprehensive compilation of conceptual perspectives, methodological approaches and empirical insights of inter- and transdisciplinary sustainability science. Written by an international team of authors from leading sustainability institutions, the textbook covers key perspectives and topics of the scientific discourse on sustainable development. More than two decades after conceptualizing sustainability as societal guiding vision and regulative idea the necessity of concretizing and realizing sustainability in societal praxis is bigger than ever. Sharply improved individual and societal sustainable decision-making and action is necessary for a better future of humankind and the planet. On that account problem- and solution-oriented perspectives and competencies are crucial. The different chapters assemble an encompassing view of essential foundations and specific areas of research and action in sustainability science and practice. The textbook aims at fostering the further establishment of sustainability science in higher education and to enable the next generation of sustainability experts to tackle the challenging and exciting topic of sustainable development.
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 367 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9789401772426 , 978-94-017-7242-6
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents 1 Introduction / Harald Heinrichs, Arnim Wiek, Pim Martens, and Gerd Michelsen 2 Sustainable Development – Background and Context / Gerd Michelsen, Maik Adomßent, Pim Martens, and Michael von Hauff 3 Transformational Sustainability Research Methodology / Arnim Wiek and Daniel J. Lang 4 Green and Sustainable Chemistry / Klaus Kümmerer and James Clark 5 Sustainability and Ecosystems / Henrik von Wehrden, Goddert von Oheimb, David J. Abson, and Werner Härdtle 6 Sustainability Assessment of Technologies / Sjouke Beemsterboer and René Kemp 7 Corporate Sustainability Management / Stefan Schaltegger, Erik G. Hansen, and Heiko Spitzeck 8 Sustainable Development in Economics / Michael von Hauff 9 Sustainable Development and Law / Marjan Peeters and Thomas Schomerus 10 Finance and Sustainability / Olaf Weber 11 Sustainability: Politics and Governance / Harald Heinrichs and Frank Biermann 12 Sustainability Communication / Daniel Fischer, Gesa Lüdecke, Jasmin Godemann, Gerd Michelsen, Jens Newig, Marco Rieckmann, and Daniel Schulz 13 Sustainability and Science Policy / Uwe Schneidewind, Mandy Singer-Brodowksi, and Karoline Augenstein 14 Justice and Sustainability / Sonja Klinsky and Aaron Golub 15 Sustainability Ethics / Nils Ole Oermann and Annika Weinert 16 Ocean Space and Sustainability / Jan H. Stel 17 Sustainable Landscape Development / Michael Stauffacher and Pius Krütli 18 Sustainable Development and Material Flows / Beatrice John, Andreas Möller, and Annika Weiser 19 Sustainable Energy Systems / Stefan Lechtenböhmer and Lars J. Nilsson 20 Sustainability and Health / Maud M.T.E. Huynen and Pim Martens 21 Mobility and Sustainability / Aaron Golub 22 International Development and Sustainability / Rimjhim M. Aggarwal 23 Tourism and Sustainability / David Manuel-Navarrete 24 Consumption and Sustainability / John Harlow, Michael J. Bernstein, Bastien Girod, and Arnim Wiek 25 Climate Change: Responding to a Major Challenge for Sustainable Development / Pim Martens, Darryn McEvoy, and Chiung Ting Chang 26 Art and Sustainability / Heather Sealy Lineberry and Arnim Wiek 27 Teaching and Learning in Sustainability Science / Matthias Barth 28 Education for Sustainable Development / Niko Roorda and Han van Son 29 Problem-Based and Project-Based Learning for Sustainable Development / Ron Cörvers, Arnim Wiek, Joop de Kraker, Daniel J. Lang, and Pim Martens 30 Science for Sustainability – A Societal and Political Perspective / Günther Bachmann
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 30
    Signatur: 9783110448115 (e-book)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Intro -- Vorwort der Herausgeber -- Inhalt -- Einleitung -- Wandel des wissenschaftlichen Publizierens - eine Heuristik zur Analyse rezenter Wandlungsprozesse -- Teil 1: Das wissenschaftliche Kommunikationssystem im Wandel -- Von Fach zu Fach verschieden. Diversität im wissenschaftlichen Publikationssystem -- Open Access und digitale Publikation aus der Perspektive von Wissenschaftsverlagen -- Zur Situation und Entwicklung wissenschaftlicher Bibliotheken -- Ein wissenschaftspolitisches Beteiligungsexperiment: Ergebnisse und Bewertung der Online-Konsultation „Publikationssystem" -- Teil 2: Rahmenbedingungen -- Empfehlungen, Stellungnahmen, Deklarationen und Aktivitäten wissenschaftspolitischer Akteure zur Gestaltung des wissenschaftlichen Kommunikationssystems -- Open Access: Effects on Publishing Behaviour of Scientists, Peer Review and Interrelations with Performance Measures -- Das Urheberrecht und der Wandel des wissenschaftlichen Kommunikationssystems -- Teil 3: Visionen -- Einleitung: Visionen zur Zukunft des Publizierens in der Wissenschaft -- Elektronisches Publizieren, Open Access, Open Science und ähnliche Träume -- A Vision of Scientific Communication -- Methodischer Optimismus vor digitaler Zukunft -- Vertrauen, Qualitätssicherung und Open Access - Predatory Journals und die Zukunft des wissenschaftlichen Publikationssystems -- Publizieren in der Soziologie im Jahr 2030.
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XII, 295 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783110448115
    Serie: Interdisziplinäre Arbeitsgruppen Forschungsberichte Band 38
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhalt Einleitung Wandel des wissenschaftlichen Publizierens – eine Heuristik zur Analyse rezenter Wandlungsprozesse / Niels Taubert, Peter Weingart Teil 1: Das wissenschaftliche Kommunikationssystem im Wandel Von Fach zu Fach verschieden. Diversität im wissenschaftlichen Publikationssystem / Konstanze Rosenbaum Open Access und digitale Publikation aus der Perspektive von Wissenschaftsverlagen / Niels Taubert Zur Situation und Entwicklung wissenschaftlicher Bibliotheken / Peter Weingart Ein wissenschaftspolitisches Beteiligungsexperiment: Ergebnisse und Bewertung der Online-Konsultation „Publikationssystem“ / Niels Taubert, Kevin Schön Teil 2: Rahmenbedingungen Empfehlungen, Stellungnahmen, Deklarationen und Aktivitäten wissenschaftspolitischer Akteure zur Gestaltung des wissenschaftlichen Kommunikationssystems / Ulrich Herb Open Access: Effects on Publishing Behaviour of Scientists, Peer Review and Interrelations with Performance Measures / David Ball Das Urheberrecht und der Wandel des wissenschaftlichen Kommunikationssystems / Alexander Peukert, Marcus Sonnenberg Teil 3: Visionen Einleitung: Visionen zur Zukunft des Publizierens in der Wissenschaft Elektronisches Publizieren, Open Access, Open Science und ähnliche Träume / Martin Grötschel A Vision of Scientific Communication / Reinhold Kliegl Methodischer Optimismus vor digitaler Zukunft / Volker Gerhardt Vertrauen, Qualitätssicherung und Open Access – Predatory Journals und die Zukunft des wissenschaftlichen Publikationssystems / Peter Weingart Publizieren in der Soziologie im Jahr 2030 / Niels Taubert
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 31
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Bonn : Rheinwerk Verlag GmbH
    Signatur: AWI S4-16-90097
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 467 Seiten , 1 CD-ROM , 24.5 cm
    Ausgabe: 3., aktualisierte und erweiterte Auflage (2. Auflage im Rheinwerk Verlag)
    ISBN: 9783836237789
    Serie: Rheinwerk Computing
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 32
    facet.materialart.12
    Singapore : Springer | Beijing : Geological Publishing House
    Signatur: 9789811005602 (e-book)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This book provides a review of mechanical ice drilling technology, including the design, parameters, and performance of various tools and drills for making holes in snow, firn and ice. The material presents the historical development of ice drilling tools and devices from the first experience taken place more than 170 years ago to the present day and focuses on the modern vision of ice drilling technology. It is illustrated with numerous pictures, many of them published for the first time. This book is intended for specialists in ice core sciences, drilling engineers, glaciologists, and can be useful for high-school students and other readers who are very interested in engineering and cold regions technology
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XIV, 284 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9789811005602 , 978-981-10-0560-2
    ISSN: 2364-9119 , 2364-9127
    Serie: Springer Geophysics
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Preface 1 Introduction to Ice Drilling Technology 1.1 Ice Drilling Targets and Aims 1.2 Structure of Ice Sheets and Glaciers 1.3 Classification of Ice Drilling Methods References 2 Yearly History of Ice Drilling from Nineteeth to the First Half of Twentieth Century References 3 Direct-Push Drilling 3.1 Drive Sampling 3.1.1 Basic Principles 3.1.2 Mt. Rose Sampler 3.1.3 Utah Snow Sampler 3.1.4 Federal Snow Sampler 3.1.5 Bowman Sampler 3.1.6 Rosen Sampler 3.1.7 Large Diameter Snow Samplers 3.1.8 Vibratory Drill 3.2 Penetrative Testing 3.2.1 Ski Pole Penetrometer 3.2.2 Ram Penetrometer 3.2.3 Snow Resistograph 3.2.4 Digital Thermo-Resistograph 3.2.5 Snow Micro-Penetrometer 3.2.6 SABRE Probe 3.2.7 Cone Penetrometer Testing 3.3 Summary References 4 Hand- and Power-Driven Portable Drills 4.1 Noncoring Augers 4.1.1 SFFEL Noncoring Auger 4.1.2 SIPRE/CRREL Ice Thickness Kit 4.1.3 Kovacs Ice Thickness Kit 4.1.4 AARI Portable Sled-Mounted Drilling Rig 4.1.5 Handheld Coal-Boring Augers 4.1.6 Ice Augers for Winter Fishing 4.2 Noncoring “Piston” Drill 4.3 Core Augers. 4.3.1 General Principles 4.3.2 SFFEL Auger 4.3.3 SIPRE Auger 4.3.4 CRREL Auger 4.3.5 Rand Auger 4.3.6 Big John 12″ Auger 4.3.7 PICO Lightweight Auger 4.3.8 Kovacs Auger 4.3.9 IGAS Hand Auger 4.3.10 Swiss Hand Auger 4.3.11 UCPH Hand Auger 4.3.12 “Prairie Dog” Auger 4.3.13 “Sidewinder” 4.3.14 IDDO Hand Auger 4.4 Core Drills with Teeth and Annular Bits 4.4.1 Taku Glacier Hand Drill 4.4.2 Canadian Portable Ice Drill 4.4.3 Tsykin’s Hand Drill 4.4.4 5th CAE Drill 4.4.5 Ice Core Drill with Annular Bit PI-8 4.5 Mini Drills 4.5.1 Livingston Island Mini Drill 4.5.2 Chipmunk Drill 4.6 Summary References 5 Percussion Drills 5.1 Cable-Tool Drill Rigs 5.1.1 IGAS Cable-Tool Rig 5.1.2 Cable-Tool of California Institute of Technology 5.1.3 Star Iron Works Cable-Tool 5.2 Pneumatic Drills 5.3 Rotary-Percussion Drills 5.4 Summary References 6 Conventional Machine-Driven Rotary Drill Rigs 6.1 Dry Drilling 6.1.1 Expéditions Polaires Françaises in Greenland 6.1.2 Baffin Island Expedition 6.1.3 Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition 6.1.4 Mirny Station, Antarctica 6.2 Auger Drilling 6.2.1 Mirny Station, Antarctica 6.2.2 McMurdo Station, Antarctica 6.2.3 Amundsen–Scott Station, South Pole 6.2.4 Subglacial Lake Ellsworth Camp 6.3 Commercial Drill Rigs for Ice Fishing 6.4 Air Rotary Drilling 6.4.1 Mirny, Antarctica 6.4.2 Site 2, Greenland 6.4.3 Byrd Station, Antarctica 6.4.4 Little America V, Antarctica 6.4.5 Franz Josef Land, Russian Arctic 6.4.6 Base Roi Baudouin, Antarctica 6.5 Rotary Drilling with Fluid Circulation 6.5.1 Taku Glacier, Alaska 6.5.2 Mer de Glace, French Alps 6.5.3 South Leduc Glacier, British Columbia 6.5.4 McMurdo Station, Antarctica 6.6 Wire-Line Drills 6.6.1 International Antarctic Glaciological Project, East Antarctica 6.6.2 Ross Ice Shelf Project 6.6.3 Base Druzhnaya, Antarctica 6.6.4 Black Rapids Glacier, Alaska 6.6.5 Isua Greenstone Belt, Southwestern Greenland 6.6.6 Foremore Glacier, British Columbia, Western Canada 6.6.7 Rapid Access Ice Drill (RAID) 6.6.8 Agile Sub-ice Geological (ASIG) Drill 6.7 Drilling in Rock Glaciers 6.7.1 Overview of Projects Using Conventional Drilling Equipment 6.7.2 Koci Drill 6.8 Summary References 7 Flexible Drill-Stem Drill Rigs 7.1 Rapid Shallow Drill Rigs 7.2 Rapid-Access Drill Rigs 7.2.1 Thermomechanical Drill 7.2.2 Coiled-Tubing Drill Rigs 7.2.3 RADIX 7.2.4 SUBGLACIOR Drilling Probe 7.3 Summary References 8 Cable-Suspended Electromechanical Auger Drills 8.1 Basic Principles 8.2 University of Iceland (UI) Drill 8.3 University of Bern (UB) Drills 8.3.1 Rufli Drill 8.3.2 Further Improved UB Drills 8.4 CRREL Drill 8.5 Institute of Low Temperature Science (ILTS) Drills 8.5.1 First Prototypes 8.5.2 ID-140 Drill 8.5.3 ILTS-140 Drill 8.5.4 MID-140 Drill 8.5.5 Portable ILTS-130 and -100 Drills 8.5.6 ILTS-130E(F) and ILTS-150 Drills 8.5.7 New Portable ILTS Drill 8.6 University of Copenhagen (UCPH) Drill 8.7 Laboratoire de Glaciologie et Géophysique de l’Environnement (LGGE) Drills 8.8 National Hydrology Research Institute (NHRI) Drill 8.9 Polar Ice Coring Office (PICO) 4″ Drill 8.10 Alfred-Wegener Institute (AWI) Drills 8.11 Australian National Antarctic Research Expedition (ANARE) Drill 8.12 BZXJ Drills 8.13 Geo Tecs Drills 8.13.1 Geo Tecs Prototype Shallow Drill 8.13.2 Further Improvements 8.13.3 Field Testing and Operations 8.14 Hilda/Simon/Eclipse Drills 8.14.1 Hilda/Simon Drills 8.14.2 Eclipse Drill 8.14.3 Field Testing and Coring 8.14.4 Badger-Eclipse Drill 8.15 Byrd Polar Research Center (BPRC) Drills 8.16 British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Drills 8.16.1 BAS/IMAU Drill 8.16.2 Rapid-Access Isotope Drill 8.17 FELICS Drills 8.17.1 3″ Drill 8.17.2 “Backpack Drill” 8.18 Blue Ice Drill (BID) 8.18.1 BID General Fescription 8.18.2 Operation and Performance 8.18.3 BID-Deep System 8.19 Summary References 9 Cable-Suspended Electromechanical Drills with Bottom-Hole Circulation 9.1 CRREL Electromechanical Drill 9.1.1 Drilling Equipment 9.1.2 Camp Century, Greenland 9.1.3 Byrd Station, Antarctica 9.2 ISTUK Drill 9.2.1 Drill System 9.2.2 Dye 3, Greenland (GISP) 9.2.3 Summit, Greenland (GRIP) 9.2.4 Law Dome, Antarctica 9.3 LGGE Electromechanical Drills 9.4 PICO-5.2″ Electromechanical Drill 9.4.1 Drill System 9.4.2 Summit, Greenland (GISP2) 9.4.3 Taylor Dome, Antarctica 9.4.4 Siple Dome, Antarctica 9.5 KEMS Electromechanical Drill 9.5.1 Drill System 9.5.2 Severnaya Zemlya, Russian Arctic 9.5.3 Vostok Station, Antarctica 9.6 JARE Electromechanical Drill 9.6.1 Drill System 9.6.2 Preliminary Tests 9.6.3 First Deep Ice Coring Project at Dome F, Antarctica 9.6.4 Second Deep Ice Coring Project at Dome F, Antarctica 9.6.5 Kunlun Station (Dome A), Antarctica 9.7 Hans Tausen (HT) Electromechanical Drill and Its Modifications 9.7.1 Basic Drill System 9.7.2 Hans Tausen Ice Cap, Greenland 9.7.3 NorthGRIP, Greenland 9.7.4 EPICA Dome C, Antarctica 9.7.5 EPICA-DML, Kohnen Station, Antarctica 9.7.6 Berkner Island, Antarctica 9.7.7 Talos Dome, Antarctica (TALDICE) 9.7.8 Flade Isblink Ice Cap, Greenland 9.7.9 NEEM Deep Ice Core Drilling, Greenland 9.7.10 James Ross Island, Antarctica 9.7.11 Fletcher Promontory, Antarctica 9.7.12 Roosevelt Island, Antarctica 9.7.13 NEEM, Greenland (UCPH Intermediate-Depth Ice Core Drilling System) 9.7.14 Aurora Basin North, Antarctica 9.7.15 Renland Ice Cap, Greenland 9.7.16 Summit, Greenland (IDDO Intermediate-Depth Drill) 9.7.17 South Pole, Antarctica (SPICE) 9.8 IDRA Drill 9.9 DISC Electromechanical Drill 9.9.1 Drill System 9.9.2 Field Testing at Summit, Greenland 9.9.3 WAIS Divide, Antarctica 9.9.4 Replicate Coring, WAIS Divide, Antarctica 9.10 IBED Drill 9.11 Summary References 10 Drilling Challenges and Perspectives for Future Development 10.1 Low-Temperature Drilling Fluids 10.1.1 Drilling Fluid Compositions 10.1.2 ESTISOL™ 240/COASOL™ Drilling Fluid 10.1.3 ESTISOL™ 140 Drilling Fluid 10.1.4 Low-Molecular Weight Dimethyl Siloxane Oils 10.1.5 Low-Molecular Weight Esters 10.1.6 Kerosene-Based Drilling Fluids Mixed with Fourth-Generation Foam-Expansion Agents 10.2 Ice Drilling Under Complicated Conditions 10.2.1 Permeable Snow-Firn 10.2.2 Brittle Ice Zone 10.2.3 Warm Ice 10.2.4 Debris-Containing Ice 10.2.5 Bedrock 10.2.6 Elimination of Sticking Drills 10.3 Advanced Drilling Systems 10.3.1 Rapid-Access Ice Drilling Systems for Subglacial Bedrock Drilling 10.3.2 Sidewall Drilling 10.3.3 Automated Drilling Systems References Appendix A: Records of Mechanical Drilling in Ice Appendix B: Abbreviations of Institutes, Organizations, and Projects
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 33
    Signatur: 9789811002076 (e-book)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This proceedings contains articles submitted to the fifth International Conference on Cognitive Neurodynamics (ICCN2015). In ICCN2015, twelve invited plenary lectures were presented by the leading scientists in their respective research fields. More than 15 mini-symposiums are organized by specialists with topics covering: motor control and learning, dynamic coding in distributed neural circuits, dynamics of firing patterns and synchronization in neuronal systems, information and signal processing techniques in neurotechnology, neural oscillations and synaptic plasticity in the hippocampus, new perspective on model-based vs. model-free brain process, neural mechanisms of internal switching, neuroinformation computation, neural model and dynamics, imaging human cognitive networks, neuroinformatics, neuroergonomics & neuroengineering, dynamic brain for communication, visual information processing and functional imaging and neural mechanisms of language processing. All articles are peer-reviewed. The ICCN is a series conference held every two years since 2007
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiii, 872 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811002076 , 978-981-10-0207-6
    ISSN: 2213-3569 , 2213-3577
    Serie: Advances in Cognitive Neurodynamics
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Part I Plenary Talk 1 Putting Sensory Back into Voluntary Motor Control / Stephen H. Scott 2 Is Visual Processing in Primates Strictly Hierarchical? / Mark A.G. Eldridge, Samarth Chandra and Barry J. Richmond 3 Self-organization of a Second Kind: General Scope and a Cortical Case Study / Ichiro Tsuda 4 Toward Autonomous Intelligence: From Active 3D Vision to Invariant Object and Scene Learning, Recognition, and Search / Stephen Grossberg 5 The Cognitive Control of Goal-Directed Action: How Predictive Learning Affects Choice / Bernard W. Balleine 6 Functional Connectivity Mapping of Decision-Making in Drosophila Melanogaster / Aike Guo, Ke Zhang, Q.Z. Ren, H.F. Su and N.N. Chen 7 Neurodynamics of Decision-Making—A Computational Approach / Azadeh Hassannejad Nazir and Hans Liljenström 8 Brain Pattern Analysis Based on Magnetic Resonance Imaging / Dewen Hu 9 Dopamine Prediction Errors and the Relativity of Value / Masamichi Sakagami and Shingo Tanaka 10 The Neural Mechanism of Direction- and Orientation-Selective Neurons for Processing Direction, Speed, and Axis of Motion in Early Visual Cortices / Hongliang Gong, Xu An, Liling Qian, Jiapeng Yin, Yiliang Lu and Wei Wang Part II Neural Dynamics in Motor and Sensory Systems 11 Stability and Flexibility During Human Motor Control / Taishin Nomura, Yasuyuki Suzuki, Chunjiang Fu, Naoya Yoshikawa, Ken Kiyono, Maura Casadio and Pietro Morasso 12 Context-Dependent Human Motor Memories: Function, Implementation, and Manipulation / Daichi Nozaki 13 A Model of Gait Cycle Variability During Human Walking / Chunjiang Fu, Yasuyuki Suzuki, Ken Kiyono and Taishin Nomura 14 Coordinate Systems in the Motor System: Computational Modeling and EEG Experiment / Hirokazu Tanaka, Makoto Miyakoshi and Scott Makeig 15 Simulation Study on Neuromuscular Model-Inspired Control Strategy for Variable Stiffness Actuators / Jun Zhu, Yu Wang and Heng Cao 16 Changes in the Inner Gene Expression of Lateral Olivocochlear Receptors After the Loss of the Descending Cortical Pathway / Miguel A. Merchan, Veronica Lamas and Jose Manuel Juiz 17 Effect of Parvalbumin Deficiency on Distributed Activity and Interactions in Neural Circuits Activated by Instrumental Learning / Agnès Gruart, José Maria Delgado-García and Alessandra Lintas 18 Dynamic Patterns of Cortical Activation During Different Types of Learning Tasks and Unpredictable Situations / José M. Delgado-García, Raudel Sánchez-Campusano, Iván Fernández-Lamo and Agnès Gruart 19 The Application of Spatiotemporal Energy Model in the Simulation of Population Responses in Early Visual Cortices / Yiliang Lu, Xu An, Hongliang Gong and Wei Wang 20 Aspect Ratio of the Receptive Field Makes a Major Contribution to the Bandwidth of Orientation Selectivity in Cat V1 / Tao Xu, Ming Li, Ke Chen, Ling Wang and Hong-Mei Yan 21 Nonlinear Dynamical Analysis of Spontaneous EEG Recordings in Rats After Chronic Spinal Cord Injury / Pu Jiangbo, Xu Hanhui, Wang Yazhou, Cui Hongyan and Hu Yong Part III Interactive Dynamics in Cognitive Functions 22 Causality in Neuroscience and Its Limitations: Bottom-up, Top-down, and Round-About / Hans A. Braun 23 Decisions and Downward Causation in Neural Systems / Hans Liljenström and Azadeh Hassannejad Nazir 24 Top-down and/or Bottom-up Causality: The Notion of Relatedness in the Human Brain / Kim C. Wende and Andreas Jansen 25 Overviewing Causality or Over-Interpreting Noise: Is Modern Neuroscience Shaping Our View of the Human Mind? / Kim C. Wende and Andreas Jansen 26 Theoretical Models of Decision-Making in the Ultimatum Game: Fairness vs. Reason / Tatiana V. Guy, Miroslav Kárný, Alessandra Lintas and Alessandro E.P. Villa 27 Dynamic Interactions in Prefrontal Functional Connectivity During Adolescence / Xin Zhou, Emilio Salinas, Terrence R. Stanford and Christos Constantinidis 28 Causal Interaction Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum Estimated by Granger Causality / Xiaochuan Pan, Rubin Wang and Masamichi Sakagami 29 Two Strategies for Interactive Planning / Jiro Okuda 30 TMS-EEG for Probing Distinct Modes of Neural Dynamics in the Human Brain / Keiichi Kitajo and Yuka O. Okazaki 31 Estimating Information Transmission Time Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum by Transfer Entropy / Kaidi Shao, Xiaochuan Pan and Rubin Wang 32 Reward-Modulated Functional Connectivity Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum / Yan Zhang, Xiaochuan Pan and Rubin Wang 33 On the Role of Intrinsic Rewards in Communication / Jan Lauwereyns and Shizuka Sakurai Lauwereyns Part IV Neural Dynamics in Hippocampus 34 Hydrogen Sulfide Prevents Synaptic Plasticity from Vascular Dementia-Induced Damage via Inhibiting Autophagy on Rats / Chunhua Liu, Tao Zhang and Zhuo Yang 35 The Impact of Nasal Copper Nanoparticle Exposure on Rats’ Synaptic Plasticity and Spatial Cognition / Ye Liu, Wei Guan, Jinzhe Liu and Zhuo Yang 36 Theta Phase Time-Delayed Modulating Low Gamma Amplitude in Hippocampal CA3–CA1 Network / Chenguang Zheng, Qun Li, Yiyi Wang and Tao Zhang 37 Roles of DA and 5-HT in Modulating Neural Oscillatory Synchronization / Chenguang Zheng and Tao Zhang 38 Dynamic Information Routing in the Hippocampus / Hiroshi Nishida, Muneyoshi Takahashi and Jan Lauwereyns 39 Rule Switching Affects Cross-Frequency Couplings in Rat Hippocampus / Tomoaki Nakazono, Susumu Takahashi and Yoshio Sakurai Part V Imaging Cognitive Networks 40 Functional Connectivity Analysis of Cognitive Reappraisal Using Sparse Spectral Clustering Method / Ling Zou, Yi Xu, Zhongyi Jiang, Zhuqing Jiao, Changjie Pan and Renlai Zhou 41 Theta Coupling in the Human EEG During the Control of Bottom-up and Top-down Attention / Dandan Zhao and Ling Li 42 Phase-Dependent Alteration of Functional Connectivity Density During Face Recognition in the Infra-slow Frequency Range / Yifeng Wang, Feng Liu, Xiujuan Jing, Zhiliang Long and Huafu Chen 43 The Supramodal Brain Network for the Recognition of Faces and Bodies: Is Visual Experience Necessary for the Development of High-Order Visual Cortices? / Ryo Kitada 44 Over-Complete Analysis for Resting-State fMRI Data / Ruiyang Ge, Li Yao, Hang Zhang, Xia Wu and Zhiying Long 45 Decoding Brain States with Simulated Microgravity from Baseline Using Functional Connectivity of Default Network / Ling-Li Zeng, Yang Liao, Hui Shen, Xufeng Liu and Dewen Hu 46 Experimental Studies on the Contralateral Regulation of Cerebral Blood Flow Using a Patient-Specific Aneurysm Model / Lizhong Mu, Ying He, Junyuan Chen, Xunjie Yu, Jianhui Wei, Changjin Ji and Jiaqi Lv 47 A Robust Coherence-Based Brain Connectivity Method with an Application to EEG Recordings / Jiaqing Yan, Jianbin Wen, Yinghua Wang, Xianzeng Liu and Xiaoli Li Part VI Advanced Brain Computer Interaction 48 Robust Averaging of Covariance Matrices by Riemannian Geometry for Motor-Imagery Brain–Computer Interfacing / Takashi Uehara, Toshihisa Tanaka and Simone Fiori 49 Vibrotactile Brain–Computer Interface with Error-Detecting Codes / Sittipong Apichartstaporn, Kitsuchart Pasupa and Yoshikazu Washizawa 50 Sparse Support Vector Machine for Simultaneous Feature Selection and Classification in Motor-Imagery-Based BCI / Yu Zhang, Yu Wang, Jing Jin and Xingyu Wang 51 QEEG Coherence Evaluation for Soccer Performance Level Analysis of the Striker / Kittichai Tharawadeepimuk and Yodchanan Wongsawat 52 BCI-Based Mobile Phone Using SSVEP Techniques / Dongsheng Wang, Toshiki Kobayashi, Gaochao Cui, Daishi Watabe and Jianting Cao 53 Two-Step Input Spatial Auditory BCI for Japanese Kana Characters / Moonjeong Chang and Tomasz M. Rutkowski 54 Resting-State Long-Range Functional Connectivity Density Reveals Sensorimotor Rhythm-Based BCI Performance Variations / Rui Zhang, Tao Zhang, Teng Ma, Fali Li, Dezhong Yao and Peng Xu 55 On the Correlations of Motor Imagery of Swallow with Motor Imagery of Tongue Movements and Actual Swallow / Huijuan Yang, Cuntai Guan, Chuan Chu Wang, Kai Keng Ang, Kok Soon Phua, See San Chok, Christina Ka Yin Tang and Karen Sui Geok Chua
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 34
    Signatur: 9783319400006 (e-book)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This book presents isotope data reflecting changes in temperature derived from core samples in South America. Marine Isotope Stage (MIS) is examined in detail with respect to Stage 3. With over 20 chapters, this detailed treatise discusses high climatic variability, paleoclimatic events, Dansgaard-Oeschger cycles, continental vertebrates, sea level changes, vegetation and climate changes based on pollen records, and the non-Amazon landscape and fauna from 65 to 20 ka B.P. The book also looks at the earth’s magnetic field and climate change during MIS 3 and MIS 5 and presents a comparison between both stages with respect to marine deposits in Uruguay. With case studies drawn from Brazil, Argentina and Uruguay this book presents research from the some of the worlds experts in this field.
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 354 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319400006 , 978-3-319-40000-6
    ISSN: 2197-9596 , 2197-960X
    Serie: Springer Earth System Sciences
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Introduction / Germán Mariano Gasparini, Jorge Rabassa, Cecilia Deschamps and Eduardo Pedro Tonni The Heinrich and Dansgaard–Oeschger Climatic Events During Marine Isotopic Stage 3 / Jorge Rabassa and Juan Federico Ponce On the Origin of the Dansgaard–Oeschger Events and Its Time Variability / Silvia Duhau and Cornelis de Jager The Influence of the Geomagnetic Field in Climate Changes / María Julia Orgeira, Ana María Sinito and Rosa Hilda Compagnucci Abrupt Climate Changes During the Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3) / Eduardo Andrés Agosta and Rosa Hilda Compagnucci Active Deformation, Uplift and Subsidence in Southern South America Throughout the Quaternary: A General Review About Their Development and Mechanisms / Andrés Folguera, Guido Gianni, Lucía Sagripanti, Emilio Rojas Vera, Bruno Colavitto, Darío Orts and Víctor Alberto Ramos The Marine Isotopic Stage 3 (MIS 3) in Valleys of the Undulated Pampa, Buenos Aires Province, Argentina / Adriana María Blasi, Carola Castiñeira Latorre, Gabriela Catalina Cusminsky and Ana Paula Carignano Sea Level Changes During Marine Isotopic Stage 3 (MIS 3) in Argentina / Federico Ignacio Isla and Enrique Jorge Schnack Paleogeographic Evolution of the Atlantic Coast of South America During Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3) / Juan Federico Ponce and Jorge Rabassa The Continental Record of Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3; ~60–25 ka) in Central Argentina: Evidence from Fluvial and Aeolian Sequences / Marcelo Zárate, Adriana Mehl and Alfonsina Tripaldi Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3) and Continental Beds from Northern Uruguay (Sopas Formation): Paleontology, Chronology, and Climate / Martín Ubilla, Andrea Corona, Andrés Rinderknecht, Daniel Perea and Mariano Verde The Brazilian Intertropical Fauna from 60 to About 10 ka B.P.: Taxonomy, Dating, Diet, and Paleoenvironments / Mário André Trinidade Dantas and Mario Alberto Cozzuol Continental Vertebrates During the Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3) in Argentina / Germán Mariano Gasparini, Esteban Soibelzon, Cecilia Deschamps, Analía Francia, Elisa Beilinson, Leopoldo Héctor Soibelzon and Eduardo Pedro Tonni Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3) Versus Marine Isotope Stage 5 (MIS 5) Fossiliferous Marine Deposits from Uruguay / Alejandra Rojas and Sergio Martínez Vegetation and Climate in Southern South America during Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3): an Overview of Existing Terrestrial Pollen Records / Ana María Borromei and Lorena Laura Musotto Response of Diatoms to Late Quaternary Climate Changes / Marcela Alcira Espinosa Silicophytolith Studies in South America and Argentina: Scope and Limitations for Paleoenvironmental Reconstruction of the Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS3) / Margarita Osterrieth, María Fernanda Alvarez, Mariana Fernández Honaine and Georgina Erra Index
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 35
    Signatur: 9783319249452 (e-book)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This book covers the state-of-the-art of microalgae physiology and biochemistry (and the several –omics). It serves as a key reference work for those working with microalgae, whether in the lab, the field, or for commercial applications. It is aimed at new entrants into the field (i.e. PhD students) as well as experienced practitioners. It has been over 40 years since the publication of a book on algal physiology. Apart from reviews and chapters no other comprehensive book on this topic has been published. Research on microalgae has expanded enormously since then, as has the commercial exploitation of microalgae. This volume thoroughly deals with the most critical physiological and biochemical processes governing algal growth and production.
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 681 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319249452 , 978-3-319-24945-2
    ISSN: 2543-0599 , 2543-0602
    Serie: Developments in applied phycology 6
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Part I The Algae Cell The Cell Cycle of Microalgae / Vilém Zachleder, Kateřina Bišová, and Milada Vítová Biosynthesis of the Cell Walls of the Algae / David S. Domozych Part II The Fundamental Physiological Processes Photosynthesis and Light Harvesting in Algae / Anthony W. Larkum Carbon Acquisition by Microalgae / John Beardall and John A. Raven Fundamentals and Recent Advances in Hydrogen Production and Nitrogen Fixation in Cyanobacteria / Namita Khanna, Patrícia Raleiras, and Peter Lindblad Dark Respiration and Organic Carbon Loss / John A. Raven and John Beardall Part III Nutrients and Their Acquisition Combined Nitrogen / John A. Raven and Mario Giordano Nutrients and Their Acquisition: Phosphorus Physiology in Microalgae / Sonya T. Dyhrman Sulphur and Algae: Metabolism, Ecology and Evolution / Mario Giordano and Laura Prioretti Micronutrients / Antonietta Quigg Iron / Adrian Marchetti and Maria T. Maldonado Selenium in Algae / Hiroya Araie and Yoshihiro Shiraiwa Silicification in the Microalgae / Zoe V. Finkel Calcification / Alison R. Taylor and Colin Brownlee Part IV Algae Interactions with Environment Chemically-Mediated Interactions in Microalgae / Michael A. Borowitzka Coping with High and Variable Salinity: Molecular Aspects of Compatible Solute Accumulation / Martin Hagemann Effects of Global Change, Including UV and UV Screening Compounds / Richa, Rajeshwar P. Sinha, and Donat-P. Häder Part V Secondary Metabolites Lipid Metabolism in Microalgae / Inna Khozin-Goldberg Sterols in Microalgae / John K. Volkman Carotenoids / Einar Skarstad Egeland Exocellular Polysaccharides in Microalgae and Cyanobacteria: Chemical Features, Role and Enzymes and Genes Involved in Their Biosynthesis / Federico Rossi and Roberto De Philippis Algae Genome-Scale Reconstruction, Modelling and Applications / Cristiana G.O. Dal’Molin and Lars K. Nielsen Part VI Applications Algal Physiology and Large-Scale Outdoor Cultures of Microalgae / Michael A. Borowitzka Part VII Systematics and Taxonomy Systematics, Taxonomy and Species Names: Do They Matter? / Michael A. Borowitzka
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 36
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: 9783319392646 (e-book)
    In: Modern approaches in solid earth sciences, volume 12
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This book provides a detailed overview of the operational principles of modern mining geology, which are presented as a good mix of theory and practice, allowing use by a broad range of specialists, from students to lecturers and experienced geologists. The book includes comprehensive descriptions of mining geology techniques, including conventional methods and new approaches. The attributes presented in the book can be used as a reference and as a guide by mining industry specialists developing mining projects and for optimizing mining geology procedures. Applications of the methods are explained using case studies and are facilitated by the computer scripts added to the book as Electronic Supplementary Material.
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xx, 448 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319392646 , 978-3-319-39264-6
    ISSN: 1876-1682 , 1876-1690
    Serie: Modern approaches in solid earth sciences volume 12
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents 1 Introduction References Part I Mine Design, Mine Mapping and Sampling 2 Mining Methods 2.1 Open Pit Mines 2.2 Underground Mines 2.2.1 Underground Selective Mining Methods 2.2.2 Underground Bulk Mining Methods 2.2.3 Mining of the Gently Dipping Ore Bodies 2.3 Unconventional Mining 2.3.1 In situ Leach (ISL) Technique 2.3.2 Dredging of the Mineral Sands References 3 Mine Mapping 3.1 Mine Mapping Principles 3.2 Mapping Open Pit Mines 3.3 Mapping of Underground Mines 3.4 Mapping Using Digital Photogrammetry and Laser Technologies 3.4.1 Mapping Mining Faces Using Photogrammetry 3.4.2 Remote Mapping of the Mines Using Laser 3.5 Optimisation of the Mine Mapping Procedures References 4 Drilling Techniques and Drill Holes Logging 4.1 Drilling Methods 4.2 Diamond Core Drilling 4.2.1 Core Quality and Representativeness 4.2.2 Orientated Core 4.2.3 Logging Diamond Core Holes 4.2.4 Sampling Diamond Core 4.3 Open Hole Percussion Drilling 4.3.1 Sampling Blastholes for Grade Control Purpose in the Open Pits 4.3.2 Use of ‘Jumbo’ Drilling for Delineation of Underground Stopes 4.4 Reverse Circulation (RC) Percussion Drilling 4.4.1 Logging RC Holes 4.4.2 Sampling RC Holes 4.5 Sonic Drilling Technologies 4.5.1 Strength and Weakness of the Sonic Drilling 4.5.2 Logging and Sampling Sonic Drill Holes 4.6 Auger Drilling 4.7 Rotary Drilling Using Tricone Bit References 5 Sampling of the Mine Workings 5.1 Sampling Rock Faces in the Underground Mines 5.1.1 Channel Sampling 5.1.2 Rock Chip Sampling 5.2 Sampling of the Broken Ore 5.3 Trenching and Winzing References 6 Geotechnical Logging and Mapping 6.1 Geotechnical Logging of the Drill Core 6.1.1 Drilling Parameters and Core Recovery 6.1.2 Rock Weathering 6.1.3 Rock Strength 6.1.4 Rock Quality Designation Index (RQD) 6.1.5 Natural Breaks 6.2 Geotechnical Mapping 6.3 Geotechnical Applications of Rock Mass Classification Schemes References 7 Dry Bulk Density (DBD) of Rocks 7.1 Types of the Rock Densities Used in the Mining Industry 7.2 Dry Bulk Density Measurement Techniques 7.2.1 Competent Non-porous Rocks 7.2.2 Porous and Weathered Rocks 7.2.3 Non-consolidated Sediments 7.3 Spatial Distribution of the Rock Density Measurements References 8 Data Points Location (Surveying) 8.1 Surface Points Location 8.2 Down-Hole Survey Reference Part II Sampling Errors 9 Introduction to the Theory of Sampling 9.1 Types of Sampling Errors 9.2 Fundamental Sampling Error 9.2.1 Theoretical Background 9.2.2 Experimental Calibration of the Sampling 9.2.3 Sampling Nomogram 9.3 Grouping – Segregation Error 9.4 Errors Related to the Sampling Practices 9.5 Instrumental Errors References 10 Quality Control and Assurance (QAQC) 10.1 Accuracy Control 10.1.1 Statistical Tests for Assessing Performance of the Standard Samples 10.1.2 Statistical Tests for Assessing the Data Bias Using the Duplicate Samples 10.1.3 Diagnostic Diagram: Pattern Recognition Method 10.2 Precision Control 10.2.1 Matching Pairs of Data 10.2.2 Processing and Interpretation of Duplicate Samples 10.3 Comparative Analysis of the Statistical Estimation Methods 10.4 Guidelines for Optimisation of the Sampling Programmes 10.4.1 Planning and Implementation of the Sampling Programmes 10.4.2 Frequency of Inserting QAQC Material to Assay Batches 10.4.3 Distribution of the Reference Materials 10.4.4 Distribution of the Duplicate Samples References 11 Twin Holes 11.1 Method Overview 11.1.1 Objectives of the Twinned Holes Study 11.1.2 Statistical Treatment of the Results 11.1.3 Distance Between Twinned Holes 11.1.4 Drilling Quality and Quantity 11.1.5 Comparison of Studied Variables 11.1.6 Practice of Drilling Twinned Holes for Mining Geology Applications 11.2 Case Studies 11.2.1 Gold Deposits: Confirmation of High-Grade Intersections 11.2.2 Twin Holes Studies in Iron Ore Deposits 11.2.3 Mineral Sands Deposits: Validation of Historic Drilling 11.2.4 Bauxites: Use of Twin Holes as a Routine Control of Drilling Quality References 12 Database 12.1 Construction of the Database 12.2 Data Entry 12.2.1 Electronic Data Transfer 12.2.2 Keyboard Data Entry 12.2.3 Special Values 12.3 Management of the Data Flow 12.4 Database Safety and Security References Part III Mineral Resources 13 Data Preparation 13.1 Data Compositing 13.1.1 Data Coding 13.1.2 Compositing Algorithms 13.1.3 Choice of the Optimal Compositing Intervals 13.1.4 Validating of the Composited Assays 13.2 High Grade Cut-Off References 14 Geological Constraints of Mineralisation 14.1 Introduction to Wireframing 14.2 Characterisation of the Mineralisation Contacts 14.2.1 Contact Profile 14.2.2 Determining of the Cut-Off Value for Constraining Mineralisation 14.2.3 Contact Topography 14.2.4 Uncertainty of the Contacts 14.3 Geometry and Internal Structure of the Mineralised Domains 14.3.1 Unfolding References 15 Exploratory Data Analysis 15.1 Objective of the EDA 15.2 Overview of the EDA Techniques 15.2.1 Spider Diagram 15.2.2 Data Declustering 15.2.3 Q-Q Plots 15.2.4 Box-and-Whisker Plot (Box Plot) 15.3 Grouping and Analysis of the Data 15.3.1 Data Types 15.3.2 Data Generations 15.3.3 Grouping Samples by Geological Characteristics 15.4 Statistical Analysis of the Resource Domains References 16 Resource Estimation Methods 16.1 Polygonal Method 16.2 Estimation by Triangulation 16.3 Cross-Sectional Method 16.3.1 Extrapolation of the Cross-Sections 16.3.2 Interpolation Between Cross-Sections 16.4 Estimation by Panels 16.5 Inverse Distance Weighting Method References Part IV Applied Mining Geostatistics 17 Introduction to Geostatistics 17.1 Regionalised Variable and Random Function 17.2 Stationarity and Intrinsic Hypothesis References 18 Variography 18.1 Quantitative Analysis of the Spatial Continuity 18.2 Intuitive Look at Variogram 18.3 Geostatistical Definition of Variogram 18.4 Directional, Omnidirectional and Average Variograms 18.5 Properties of the Variograms 18.5.1 Behaviour Near Origin 18.5.2 Anisotropy 18.6 Analysis of the Data Continuity Using a Variogram Map 18.7 Presence of Drift 18.8 Proportional Effect 18.9 Variogram Sill and the Sample Variance 18.10 Impact of the Different Support 18.11 Variogram Models 18.11.1 Common Variogram Models 18.11.2 Modelling Geometric Anisotropy 18.11.3 Nested Structures 18.11.4 Modelling Zonal Anisotropy 18.12 Troublesome Variograms 18.12.1 Hole Effect 18.12.2 Saw-Tooth Shaped and Erratic Variograms 18.13 Alternative Measures of a Spatial Continuity 18.13.1 Variograms of the Gaussian Transformed Values 18.13.2 Relative (Normalised) Variograms 18.13.3 Different Structural Tools 18.14 Indicator Variograms 18.15 Variograms in the Multivariate Environment 18.15.1 Multivariate Geostatistical Functions 18.15.2 Linear Model of Coregionalisation References 19 Methods of the Linear Geostatistics (Kriging) 19.1 Geostatistical Resource Estimation 19.2 Kriging System 19.2.1 Ordinary Kriging 19.2.2 Simple Kriging 19.2.3 Simple Versus Ordinary Kriging 19.3 Properties of Kriging 19.3.1 Exactitude Property of Kriging 19.3.2 Negative Kriging Weights and Screening Effect 19.3.3 Smoothing Effect 19.3.4 Kriging Variance 19.3.5 Conditional Bias 19.4 Block Kriging 19.4.1 Blocks and Point Estimates 19.4.2 Kriging of the Small Blocks References 20 Multivariate Geostatistics 20.1 Theoretical Background of Multivariate Geostatistics 20.1.1 Ordinary Co-kriging 20.1.2 Collocated Co-kriging 20.1.3 Properties of the Co-kriging 20.2 Kriging with External Drift References 21 Multiple Indicator Kriging 21.1 Methodology of the Multiple Indicator Kriging 21.2 Practical Notes on the Indicators Post-Processing References 22 Estimation of the Recoverable Resources 22.1 Change of Support Concept 22.1.1 Dispersion Variance 22.1.2 Volume Variance Relations 22.1.3 Conditions for Change-of-Support Models 22.2 Global Change of Support Methods 22.2.1 Affine Correction 22.2.2 Discrete Gaussian Change of Support 22.3 Local Change of Support Methods 22.3.1 Uniform Conditioning 22.3.2 Localised Uniform Conditioning 22.3.3 Application of the LUC
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 37
    Signatur: 9783319241128 (e-books)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This report examines the scientific basis for the use of remotely sensed data, particularly Normalized Difference Vegetation Index (NDVI), primarily for the assessment of land degradation at different scales and for a range of applications, including resilience of agro-ecosystems. Evidence is drawn from a wide range of investigations, primarily from the scientific peer-reviewed literature but also non-journal sources. The literature review has been corroborated by interviews with leading specialists in the field. The report reviews the use of NDVI for a range of themes related to land degradation, including land cover change, drought monitoring and early warning systems, desertification processes, greening trends, soil erosion and salinization, vegetation burning and recovery after fire, biodiversity loss, and soil carbon. This SpringerBrief also discusses the limits of the use of NDVI for land degradation assessment and potential for future directions of use. A substantial body of peer-reviewed research lends unequivocal support for the use of coarse-resolution time series of NDVI data for studying vegetation dynamics at global, continental and sub-continental levels. There is compelling evidence that these data are highly correlated with biophysically meaningful vegetation characteristics such as photosynthetic capacity and primary production that are closely related to land degradation and to agroecosystem resilience.
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xx, 110 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319241128 , 978-3-319-24112-8
    ISSN: 2191-5547 , 2191-5555
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in environmental science
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Introduction 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Land Degradation in the UNCCD and GEF 1.3 Concepts, Processes, and Scales of Land Degradation 1.4 Assessment of Resilience of Agroecosystems 2 The Potential for Assessment of Land Degradation by Remote Sensing 2.1 Normalized Difference Vegetation Index 2.2 Remote Sensing Features That Characterize NDVI- Based Assessments of Land Degradation 2.3 Other Vegetation Indices Closely Related to NDVI 2.3.1 Indices Closely Related to NDVI 2.3.2 Comparing NDVI to EVI 3 Applications of NDVI for Land Degradation Assessment 3.1 Land-Use and Land-Cover Change 3.2 Drought and Drought Early Warning 3.3 Desertification 3.4 Soil Erosion 3.5 Soil Salinization 3.6 Vegetation Burning 3.7 Soil Organic Carbon (SOC) 3.8 Biodiversity Monitoring and Conservation 3.9 Monitoring Ecosystem Resilience 4 Limits to the Use of NDVI in Land Degradation Assessment 5 Key Issues in the Use of NDVI for Land Degradation Assessment 5.1 NDVI, NPP, and Land Degradation 5.2 NDVI, RUE, and Land Degradation 5.3 Separating the Effects of Other Causes of NDVI Changes 5.4 Abrupt Changes 6 Development of Land Degradation Assessments 7 Experts’ Opinions on the Use of NDVI for Land Degradation Assessment 7.1 NDVI: Rainfall Proportionality, an Important Consideration 7.2 Building on the GLADA Assessment 8 Main Global NDVI Datasets, Databases, and Software 8.1 Main NDVI Datasets 8.2 Quality-Related Considerations 8.3 Precipitation Datasets 8.4 NDVI Software 9 Country-Level Use of Satellite Products to Detect and Map Land Degradation Processes 10 Challenges to the Use of NDVI in Land Degradation Assessments 11 Recommendations for Future Application of NDVI 11.1 In the Convention National Reporting 11.2 In a Revised GEF Resource Allocation Methodology 12 Conclusion Appendix A Inventory of Some Global and Sub-global Remote Sensing-Based Land Degradation Assessments Appendix B Use of Remote Sensing-Derived Land Productive Capacity Dynamics for the New World Atlas of Desertification (WAD) Appendix C Developments with GLADA Appendix D China’s Experiences on the Usefulness of GLADA Appendix E Main Features of Image Products from the Different Sensors Appendix F UNCCD Core Indicators for National Reporting: ICCD/COP(11)/CST/2 Appendix G Current Cost of Selected Satellite Imagery Appendix H Software for Processing Satellite Images to Develop the NDVI References
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 38
    Signatur: AWI S1-16-89841
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This book covers the basics of processing and spectral analysis of monovariate discrete-time signals. The approach is practical, the aim being to acquaint the reader with the indications for and drawbacks of the various methods and to highlight possible misuses. The book is rich in original ideas, visualized in new and illuminating ways, and is structured so that parts can be skipped without loss of continuity. Many examples are included, based on synthetic data and real measurements from the fields of physics, biology, medicine, macroeconomics etc., and a complete set of MATLAB exercises requiring no previous experience of programming is provided. Prior advanced mathematical skills are not needed in order to understand the contents: a good command of basic mathematical analysis is sufficient. Where more advanced mathematical tools are necessary, they are included in an Appendix and presented in an easy-to-follow way. With this book, digital signal processing leaves the domain of engineering to address the needs of scientists and scholars in traditionally less quantitative disciplines, now facing increasing amounts of data.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: xxiv, 900 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-319-25466-1
    Serie: Signals and Communication Technology
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: 1 Introduction. - 1.1 Chapter Summary. - 1.2 The Meaning of the Book’s Title. - 1.3 Historical Background. - 1.4 How to Read This Book. - 1.5 Further Reading. - References. - PART 1 BASIC THEORETICAL CONCEPTS. - 2 Discrete-Time Signals and Systems. - 2.1 Chapter Summary. - 2.2 Basic Definitions and Concepts. - 2.3 Discrete-Time Signals: Sequences. - 2.3.1 Basic Sequence Operations. - 2.3.2 Basic Sequences. - 2.3.3 Deterministic and Random Signals. - 2.4 Linear Time-Invariant (LTI) Systems. - 2.4.1 Impulse Response of an LTI System and Linear Convolution. - 2.4.2 An Example of Linear Convolution. - 2.4.3 Interconnections of LTI Systems. - 2.4.4 Effects of Stability and Causality Constraints on the Impulse Response of an LTI System. - 2.4.5 Finite (FIR) and Infinite (IIR) Impulse Response Systems. - 2.4.6 Linear Constant-Coefficient Difference Equation (LCCDE). - 2.4.7 Examples of LCCDE. - 2.4.8 The Solutions of an LCCDE. - 2.4.9 From the LCCDE to the Impulse Response: Examples. - 2.4.10 Eigenvalues and Eigenfunctions of LTI Systems. - References. - 3 Transforms of Discrete-Time Signals. - 3.1 Chapter Summary. - 3.2 z-Transform. - 3.2.1 Examples of z-Transforms and Special Cases. - 3.2.2 Rational z-Transforms. - 3.2.3 Inverse z-Transform. - 3.2.4 The z-Transform on the Unit Circle. - 3.2.5 Selected z-Transform Properties. - 3.2.6 Transfer Function of an LTI System. - 3.2.7 Output Sequence of an LTI System. - 3.2.8 Zeros and Poles: Forms for Rational Transfer Functions. - 3.2.9 Inverse System. - 3.3 Discrete-Time Fourier Transform (DTFT). - 3.3.1 An Example of DTFT Converging in the Mean-Square Sense. - 3.3.2 Line Spectra. - 3.3.3 Inverse DTFT. - 3.3.4 Selected DTFT Properties. - 3.3.5 The DTFT of a Finite-Length Causal Sequence. - 3.4 Discrete Fourier Series (DFS). - 3.4.1 Selected DFS Properties. - 3.4.2 Sampling in the Frequency Domain and Aliasing in the Time Domain. - 3.5 Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT). - 3.5.1 The Inverse DFT in Terms of the Direct DFT. - 3.5.2 Zero Padding. - 3.5.3 Selected DFT Properties. - 3.5.4 Circular Convolution Versus Linear Convolution. - 3.6 Fast Fourier Transform (FFT). - 3.7 Discrete Trigonometric Expansion. - 3.8 Appendix: Mathematical Foundations of Signal Representation. - 3.8.1 Vector Spaces. - 3.8.2 Inner Product Spaces. - 3.8.3 Bases in Vector Spaces. - 3.8.4 Signal Representation by Orthogonal Bases. - 3.8.5 Signal Representation by Standard Bases. - 3.8.6 Frames and Biorthogonal Bases. - 3.8.7 Summary and Complements. - References. - 4 Sampling of Continuous-Time Signals. - 4.1 Chapter Summary. - 4.2 Sampling Theorem. - 4.3 Reconstruction of a Continuous-Time Signal from Its Samples. - 4.4 Aliasing in the Frequency Domain and Anti-Aliasing Filter. - 4.5 The Uncertainty Principle for the Analog Fourier Transform. - 4.6 Support of a Continuous-Time Signal in the Time and Frequency Domains. - 4.7 Appendix: Analog and Digital Frequency Variables. - References. - 5 Spectral Analysis of Deterministic Discrete-Time Signals. - 5.1 Chapter Summary. - 5.2 Issues in Practical Spectral Analysis. - 5.2.1 The Effect of Windowing. - 5.2.2 The Effect of Spectral Sampling. - 5.3 Classical Windows. - 5.4 The Kaiser Window. - 5.5 Energy and Power Signals and Their Spectral Representations. - 5.6 Correlation of Deterministic Discrete-Time Signals. - 5.6.1 Correlation of Energy Signals. - 5.6.2 Correlation of Power Signals. - 5.6.3 Effect of an LTI System on Correlation Properties of Input and Output Signals. - 5.7 Wiener-Khinchin Theorem. - 5.7.1 Energy Signals and Energy Spectrum. - 5.7.2 Power Signals and Power Spectrum. - References. - PART 2 DIGITAL FILTERS. - 6 Digital Filter Properties and Filtering Implementation. - 6.1 Chapter Summary. - 6.2 Frequency-Selective Filters. - 6.3 Real-Causal-Stable-Rational (RCSR) Filters. - 6.4 Amplitude Response. - 6.5 Phase Response. - 6.5.1 Phase Discontinuities and Zero-Phase Response. - 6.5.2 Linear Phase (LP). - 6.5.3 Generalized Linear Phase (GLP). - 6.5.4 Constraints on GLP Filters. - 6.6 Digital Filtering Implementation. - 6.6.1 Direct Forms. - 6.6.2 Transposed-Direct Forms. - 6.6.3 FIR Direct and Transposed-Direct Forms. - 6.6.4 Direct and Transposed-Direct Forms for LP FIR Filters. - 6.6.5 Cascade and Parallel Forms. - 6.7 Zero-Phase Filtering. - 6.8 An Incorrect Approach to Filtering. - 6.9 Filtering After Downsampling. - 6.9.1 Theory of Downsampling. - 6.9.2 An Example of Filtering After Downsampling. - References. - 7 FIR Filter Design. - 7.1 Chapter Summary. - 7.2 Design Process. - 7.3 Specifications of Digital Filters. - 7.3.1 Constraints on the Magnitude Response. - 7.3.2 Constraints on the Phase Response. - 7.4 Selection of Filter Type: IIR or FIR?. - 7.5 FIR-Filter Design Methods and Approximation Criteria. - 7.6 Properties of GLP FIR Filters. - 7.6.1 Factorization of the Zero-Phase Response. - 7.6.2 Zeros of the Transfer Function. - 7.6.3 Another Form of the Adjustable Term. - 7.7 Equiripple FIR Filter Approximations: Minimax Design. - 7.8 Predicting the Minimum Filter Order. - 7.9 MPR Algorithm. - 7.10 Properties of Equiripple FIR Filters. - 7.11 The Minimax Method for Bandpass Filters. - References. - 8 IIR Filter Design. - 8.1 Chapter Summary. - 8.2 Design Process. - 8.3 Lowpass Analog Filters. - 8.3.1 Laplace Transform. - 8.3.2 Transfer Function and Design Parameters. - 8.4 Butterworth Filters. - 8.5 Chebyshev Filters. - 8.5.1 Chebyshev-I Filters. - 8.5.2 Chebyshev-II Filters. - 8.6 Elliptic Filters. - 8.7 Normalized and Non-normalized Filters. - 8.8 Comparison Among the Four Analog Filter Types. - 8.9 From the Analog Lowpass Filter to the Digital One. - 8.9.1 Bilinear Transformation. - 8.9.2 Design Procedure. - 8.9.3 Examples. - 8.10 Frequency Transformations. - 8.10.1 From a Lowpass to a Highpass Filter. - 8.10.2 From a Lowpass to a Bandpass Filter. - 8.10.3 From a Lowpass to a Bandstop Filter . - 8.11 Direct Design of IIR Filters. - 8.12 Appendix. - 8.12.1 Trigonometric Functions with Complex Argument. - 8.12.2 Elliptic Integrals. - 8.12.3 Jacobi Elliptic Functions. - 8.12.4 Landen-Gauss Transformation. - 8.12.5 Elliptic Rational Function. - References. - PART 3 SPECTRAL ANALYSIS. - 9 Statistical Approach to Signal Analysis. - 9.1 Chapter Summary. - 9.2 Preliminary Considerations. - 9.3 Random Variables. - 9.4 Ensemble Averages. - 9.5 Stationary Random Processes and Signals. - 9.6 Ergodicity. - 9.7 Wiener-Khinchin Theorem for Random Signals and Power Spectrum. - 9.8 Cross-Power Spectrum of Two Random Signals. - 9.9 Effect of an LTI System on a Random Signal. - 9.10 Estimation of the Averages of Ergodic Stationary Signals. - 9.10.1 General Concepts in Estimation Theory. - 9.10.2 Mean and Variance Estimation. - 9.10.3 Autocovariance Estimation. - 9.10.4 Cross-Covariance Estimation. - 9.11 Appendix: A Road Map to the Analysis of a Data Record. - References. - 10 Non-Parametric Spectral Methods. - 10.1 Chapter Summary. - 10.2 Power Spectrum Estimation. - 10.3 Periodogram. - 10.3.1 Bias. - 10.3.2 Variance. - 10.3.3 Examples. - 10.3.4 Variance Reduction by Band- and Ensemble-Averaging. - 10.4 Bartlett’s Method. - 10.5 Modified Periodogram. - 10.6 Welch’s Method. - 10.7 Blackman-Tukey Method. - 10.8 Statistical Significance of Spectral Peaks. - 10.9 MultiTaper Method. - 10.10 Estimation of the Cross-Power Spectrum of Two Random Signals. - 10.11 Use of the FFT in Power Spectrum Estimation. - 10.12 Power Spectrum Normalization. - References. - 11 Parametric Spectral Methods. - 11.1 Chapter Summary. - 11.2 Signals with Rational Spectra . - 11.3 Stochastic Models and Processes. - 11.3.1 Autoregressive-Moving Average (ARMA) Model. - 11.3.2 Autoregressive (AR) Model. - 11.3.3 Moving Average (MA) Model. - 11.3.4 How the AR and MA Modeling Approaches Are Theoretically Related. - 11.3.5 First-Order AR and MA Models: White, Red and Blue Noise. - 11.3.6 Higher-Order AR Models. - 11.4 The AR Approach to Spectral Estimation. - 11.5 AR Modeling and Linear Prediction. - 11.6
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 39
    Signatur: AWI S5-16-89899
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XXVIII, 2336 Seiten
    Ausgabe: 7. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783452285713 (Gb.)
    Serie: Heymanns Taschenkommentare
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 40
    Signatur: ZSP-994
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 21 x 21 cm
    ISSN: 1618-3703
    Vorheriger Titel: Vorgänger: Zweijahresbericht / Stiftung Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Nachfolgender Titel: Fortsetzung Zweijahresbericht ... / AWI, Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung in der Helmholtz-Gemeinschaft
    Sprache: Deutsch , Englisch
    Anmerkung: Erscheint alle 2 Jahre , Text in deutscher und englischer Sprache
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 41
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Dordrecht [u.a.] : Kluwer
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: AWI A2-07-0063
    In: Atmospheric and oceanographic sciences library, 26
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This monograph presents a comprehensive synthesis of our current state of knowledge concerning the climate of the Arctic, using the latest meteorological data. All meteorological elements are described in detail for the first time and an up-to-date review of the available literature for each element is given. Climatic regions are distinguished and described. The monograph also provides an account of the present state of research on climate change and variability in the Arctic for three time scales: the Holocene, the last Millennium, and the 20th century. The book concludes with a presentation of the scenarios of the Arctic climate in the 21st century. This monograph is intended for all those with a general interest in the fields of meteorology, climatology, and with a knowledge of the application of statistics in these areas.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XI, 270 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 1402011342
    Serie: Atmospheric and oceanographic sciences library 26
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: CONTENTS Preface Acknowledgements 1. Introduction 1.1 Boundaries of the Arctic 1.2 Main Geographical Factors Shaping the Climate 2. Atmospheric Circulation 2.1 Development of Views on Atmospheric Circulation in the Arctic 2.2 Large-scale Atmospheric Circulation 2.3 Synoptic-scale Circulation 2.4 Winds 2.5 Local Circulation and Mesoscale Disturbances 3. Radiation Conditions 3.1 Sunshine Duration 3.2 Global Solar Radiation 3.3 Short-wave Net Radiation 3.4 Long-wave Net Radiation 3.5 Net Radiation and Other Elements of the Heat Balance 4. Air Temperature 4.1 Mean Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Air Temperature 4.2 Mean and Absolute Extreme Air Temperatures 4.3 Temperature Inversions 5. Cloudiness 5.1 The Annual Cycle 5.2 Spatial Patterns 5.3 Fog 6. Air Humidity 6.1 Water Vapour Pressure 6.2 Relative Humidity 7. Atmospheric Precipitation and Snow Cover 7.1 Atmospheric Precipitation 7.2 Number of Days with Precipitation 7.3 Snow Cover 8. Air Pollution 9. Climatic Regions 9.1 The Atlantic Region 9.2 The Siberian Region 9.3 The Pacific Region 9.4 The Canadian Region 9.5 The Baffin Bay Region 9.6 The Greenland Region 9.7 The Interior Arctic Region 10. Climatic Change and Variability in the Holocene 10.1 Period 10-11 ka-l ka BP 10.2 Period 1 ka-O.l ka BP 10.3 Period 0.1 ka-Present 11. Scenarios of the Arctic Climate in the 21st Century 11.1 Model Simulations of the Present-day Arctic Climate 11.2 Scenarios of the Arctic Climate in the 21st Century References Copyright Acknowledgements Index
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 42
    Signatur: AWI S3-09-0011
    In: Numerical Mathematics and Scientific Computation
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Contents: Fundamental concepts and equations. - Basic facts from the theory of the Euler and Navier-Stokes equations. - Finite difference and finite volume methods for non-linear hyperbolic systems and the Euler equations. - Finite element solution of compressible flow .
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XIII, 535 S. : graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9780198505884
    Serie: Numerical Mathematics and Scientific Computation
    Klassifikation:
    Mathematik
    Sprache: Englisch
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 43
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Inst. für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: ZS-090(440) ; ZSP-168-440
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: VIII, 155 S.
    ISSN: 1618-3193
    Serie: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 440
    Klassifikation:
    Ozeanographie
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 44
    Signatur: AWI A1-03-0001(5)
    In: Encyclopedia of atmospheric sciences, Volume 5
    Materialart: Monographie Präsenzbestand
    Seiten: XLII, Seiten 1825-2241 , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 0122270959 , 0-12-227095-9
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Volume 5 RADAR MST and ST Radars and Wind Profilers / R.F. Woodman Precipitation Radar / S.E. Yuter Synthetic Aperture Radar (Land Surface Applications) / R.K. Vincent RADIATION (SOLAR) / Q. Fu RADIATIVE TRANSFER Absorption and Thermal Emission / R. Goody, H. Hu Cloud-Radiative Processes / Q. Fu Non-Local Thermodynamic Equilibrium / F.W. Taylor, M. Lopez-Puertas Scattering / M. Mishchenko, L. Travis, A. Lacis RADIOACTIVITY Cosmogenic Radionuclides / D. Lal RADIOSONDES / W.F. Dabberdt, R. Shellhorn, H. Cole, A. Paukkunen, J. Horhammer, V. Antikainen RAINBOWS (See OPTICS, ATMOSPHERIC: Optical Phenomena) REFLECTANCE AND ALBEDO, SURFACE / J.A. Coakley ROSSBY WAVES / P.B. Rhines SATELLITE REMOTE SENSING Aerosol Measurements / Y.J. Kaufman, D. Tanre Cloud Properties / P. Yang, B.A. Baum GPS Meteorology / S.B. Healy Precipitation / Guosheng Liu Surface Wind / W.T. Liu Temperature Soundings / A. Dudhia TOMS Ozone / R.S. Stolarski, R.D. McPeters Water Vapor / J.E. Harries Wind, Middle Atmosphere / P.B. Hays, W.R. Skinner SATELLITES Orbits / S.Q. Kidder Research (Atmospheric Science) / M.D. King, D.D. Herring SEA ICE / W.F. Weeks SEVERE STORMS / C.A. Doswell III SNOW (SURFACE) / M. Sturm SOLAR TERRESTRIAL INTERACTIONS / J.D. Haigh SOLAR WINDS / S.T. Suess, B.T. Tsurutani SOLITARY WAVES / J.P. Boyd SOOT / P. Chylek, S.G. Jennings, R. Pinnick SPECTRAL MODELS / F. Baer STANDARD ATMOSPHERE / W.W. Vaughan STATIC STABILITY / J.A. Young STATIONARY WAVES (OROGRAPHIC AND THERMALLY FORCED) / S. Nigam, E. De Weaver STRATOSPHERE-TROPOSPHERE EXCHANGE Global Aspects / J.R. Holton Local Processes / J.F. Lamarque, P. Hess STRATOSPHERIC CHEMISTRY AND COMPOSITION Overview / J.A. Pyle Halogen Sources, Anthropogenic / A. McCulloch, P.M. Midgley Halogen Sources, Natural / J.H. Butler Halogens / D. Toohey HOx / T.F. Hanisco Hydrogen Budget / J.E. Harries Hydroxyl Radical / D.E. Heard Reactive Nitrogen (NOx and NOy) / Y. Kondo STRATOSPHERIC OZONE RECOVERY / D.J. Hofmann STRATOSPHERIC WATER VAPOR / J.E. Harries SURFACE LAYER MEASUREMENTS OF TURBULENCE / N.O. Jensen SYNOPTIC METEOROLOGY Forecasting / D. Mansfield Weather Maps / R. Reynolds
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 45
    Signatur: AWI A1-03-0001(4)
    In: Encyclopedia of atmospheric sciences, Volume 4
    Materialart: Monographie Präsenzbestand
    Seiten: XLII, Seiten 1407-1824 , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 0122270940 , 0-12-227090-8
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Volume 4 NOCTILUCENT CLOUDS / G.E. Thomas NORTH ATLANTIC AND ARCTIC OSCILLATION (See CLIMATE VARIABILITY: North Atlantic and Arctic Oscillation) NUMERICAL MODELS Chemistry Models / M.P. Chipperfield Methods / J. Thuburn OBSERVATION PLATFORMS Balloons / J.-P. Pommereau Buoys / J.M. Hemsley Kites / B.B. Balsley Rockets / M.F. Larsen OBSERVATIONS FOR CHEMISTRY (IN SITU) Chemiluminescent Techniques / C.A. Cantrell Gas Chromatography / A.C. Lewis Ozone Sondes / H.G.J. Smit Particles / T. Deshler Resonance Fluorescence / L.M. Avallone Water Vapor Sondes / E. Weinstock, E. Hintsa OBSERVATIONS FOR CHEMISTRY (REMOTE SENSING) IR/FIR / H. Fischer, F. Hase Lidar / G- Vaughan Microwave / J. Waters OCEAN CIRCULATION General Processes / N.C. Wells Surface-Wind-Driven Circulation / P. Bogden, C.A. Edwards Thermohaline Circulation / J.R. Toggweiler, R.M..Key Water Types and Water Masses / W.J. Emery OPERATIONAL METEOROLOGY / J.V. Cortinas Jr, W. Blier OPTICS, ATMOSPHERIC Airglow Instrumentation / M. Conde Optical Phenomena / S.D. Gedzelman Optical Remote Sensing Instruments / G.G. Shepherd OROGRAPHIC EFFECTS Lee Cyclogenesis / C. Schär Mountain Waves and Stratospheric Chemistry / K.S. Carslaw OZONE (See also SATELLITE REMOTE SENSING: TOMS Ozone) OZONE Ozone as a UV Filter / J.E. Frederick Ozone Depletion / J.A. Pyle Ozone Depletion Potentials / D.J. Wuebbles Photochemistry of Ozone / A.R. Ravishankara Role in Climate / P. Forster Surface Ozone (Human Health) / M. Lippmann Surface Ozone Effects on Vegetation / M.R. Ashmore PALEOCLIMATOLOGY Ice Cores / E.J. Steig Varves / A. Weinheimer, F. Biondi PALMER DROUGHT INDEX / L.C. Nkemdirim PARAMETERIZATION OF PHYSICAL PROCESSES Clouds / C. Jakob, M. Miller Gravity Wave Fluxes / M.J. Alexander Turbulence and Mixing / A. Beljaars PERMAFROST / T.E. Osterkamp, C.R. Burn PLANETARY ATMOSPHERES (See also EVOLUTION OF ATMOSPHERIC OXYGEN; EVOLUTION OF EARTH'S ATMOSPHERE) PLANETARY ATMOSPHERES Jupiter and the Outer Planets / A.P. Showman Mars / R.M. Haberle Venus / P.J. Gierasch, Y.L. Yung POLAR LOWS / I.A. Renfrew POLAR THERMOSPHERE / A.G. Burns, T.L. Killeen PREDICTABILITY AND CHAOS / L.A. Smith QUASI-GEOSTROPHIC THEORY / H.C. Davies, H. Wernli RADAR Cloud Radar / T. Uttal Doppler Radar / R.J. Doviak, M.E. Frazier Doviak Incoherent Scatter Radar / M.P. Sulzer Meteor Radar / N.J. Mitchell
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 46
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: S 95.0162(10,1/2) ; ZSP-155(10,1/2)
    In: Brandenburgische geowissenschaftliche Beiträge
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 199 S.
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 47
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Inst. für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: ZS-090(462) ; ZSP-168-462
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: IV, 120 S.
    ISSN: 1618-3193
    Serie: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 462
    Klassifikation:
    Ozeanographie
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 48
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Inst. für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: ZS-090(435) ; ZSP-168-435
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: XII, 115 S.
    ISSN: 1618-3193
    Serie: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 435
    Klassifikation:
    Sedimentologie
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 49
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Oxford : Oxford University Press
    Signatur: M 03.0349 ; AWI G10-04-0093
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: xxii, 571 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 0198233841
    Serie: The oxford regional environments series [3]
    Klassifikation:
    Regionale Geologie
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: List of Figures. - List of Plates. - List of Tables. - List of Contributors. - 1. Tectonics and geology / Nikolay Koronovsky. - 2. Climatic change and the development of landscapes / Andrey Velichko and Irina Spasskaya. - 3. Climate at the present and in the historical past / Maria Shahgedanova. - 4. Soils / Igor Zamotaev. - 5. Rivers, lakes, inland seas, and wetlands / Nikolay Koronkevich. - 6. Permafrost / Nelly Tumel. - 7. Biodiversity and productivity of ecosystems / Roman Zlotin. - 8. The arctic environments / Maria Shahgedanova and Mikhail Kuznetsov. - 9. Boreal forests / Arkady Tishkov. - 10. Mixed and deciduous forests / Leonid Serebryanny. - 11. Steppe and forest-steppe / Alexander Chibilyov. - 12. Arid environments / Elena Lioubimtseva. - 13. The mountains of Northern Russia / Maria Shahgedanova, Veniamin Perov, and Yury Mudrov. - 14. The mountains of Southern Siberia / Maria Shahgedanova, Nikolay Mikhailov, Sergey Larin, and Aleksandr Bredikhin. - 15. The Caucasus / Natalya Volodicheva. - 16. The mountains of Central Asia and Kazakhstan / Irina Merzlyakova. - 17. Lake Baikal / Anson Mackay, Roger Flower, and Liba Granina. - 18. The Far East / Andrey Ivanov. - 19. Radioactive contamination / Philip R. Pryde. - 20. Environmental impact of oil and gas development / Gregory Vilchek. - 21. Air pollution / Maria Shahgedanova. - 22. The Aral Sea / Nick Middleton. - 23. Deforestation and degradation of forests / Leonid Serebryanny and Igor Zamotaev. - 24. Nature protection and conservation / Arkady Tishkov. - List of plant names in Latin and English. - Index.
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin oben
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 50
    Signatur: ZS-090(466) ; ZSP-168-466
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: iv, 341 S.
    ISSN: 1618-3193
    Serie: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 466
    Klassifikation:
    Ozeanographie
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 51
    Signatur: AWI G7 04-0015
    In: Developments in quaternary science, Volume 1
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: ix, 584 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: First edition
    ISBN: 0444514716
    Serie: Developments in quaternary science 1
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Foreword / Jim Rose Preface / Alan R. Gillespie, Stephen C. Porter and Brian F. Atwater The southern Laurentide Ice Sheet / David M. Mickelson and Patrick M. Colgan The Cordilleran Ice Sheet / Derek B. Booth, Kathy Goetz Troost, John J. Clague and Richard B. Waitt Controls, history, outbursts, and impact of large late-Quaternary proglacial lakes in North America / James T. Teller Pleistocene glaciations of the Rocky Mountains / Kenneth L. Pierce Quaternary alpine glaciation in Alaska, the Pacific Northwest, Sierra Nevada, and Hawaii / Darrell S. Kaufman, Stephen C. Porter and Alan R. Gillespie Coupling ice-sheet and climate models for simulation of former ice sheets / Shawn J. Marshall, David Pollard, Steven Hostetler and Peter U. Clark Permafrost process research in the United States since 1960 / Bernard Hallet, Jaakko Putkonen, Ronald S. Sletten and Noel Potter Jr. Quaternary sea-level history of the United States / Daniel R. Muhs, John F. Wehmiller, Kathleen R. Simmons, and Linda L. York Western lakes / Larry Benson Isotopic records from ground-water and cave speleothem calcite in North America / Jay Quade Rivers and riverine landscapes / David R. Montgomery and Ellen E. Wohl Landscape evolution models / Frank J. Pazzaglia Eolian sediments / Alan J. Busacca, James E. Beget, Helaine W. Markewich, Daniel R. Muhs, Nicholas Lancaster and Mark R. Sweeney Soils and the Quaternary climate system / Milan J. Pavich and Oliver A. Chadwick Earthquake recurrence inferred from paleoseismology / Brian F. Atwater, Martitia P. Tuttle, Eugene S. Schweig, Charles M. Rubin, David K. Yamaguchi and Eileen Hemphill-Haley Quaternary volcanism in the United States / William E. Scott Late-Quaternary vegetation history of the eastern United States / Eric C. Grimm and George L. Jacobson Jr. Quaternary vegetation and climate change in the western United States: Developments, perspectives, and prospects / Robert S. Thompson, Sarah L. Shafer, Laura E. Strickland, Peter K. Van de Water and Katherine H. Anderson Results and paleoclimate implications of 35 years of paleoecological research in Alaska / Patricia M. Anderson, Mary E. Edwards and Linda B. Brubaker Quaternary history from the U.S. tropics / Sara Hotchkiss Climatically forced vegetation dynamics in eastern North America during the late Quaternary Period / Thompson Webb III, Bryan Shuman and John W. Williams Holocene fire activity as a record of past environmental change / Cathy Whitlock and Patrick J. Bartlein Interannual to decadal climate and streamflow variability estimated from tree rings / David W. Stahle, Falko K. Fye and Matthew D. Therrell Quaternary Coleoptera of the United States and Canada / Allan C. Ashworth Vertebrate paleontology / S. David Webb, Russell W. Graham, Anthony D. Barnosky, Christopher J. Bell, Richard Franz, Elizabeth A. Hadly, Ernest L. Lundelius Jr., H. Gregory McDonald, Robert A. Martin, Holmes A. Semken Jr. and David W. Steadman Peopling of North America / David J. Meltzer Modeling paleoclimates / Patrick J. Bartlein and Steven W. Hostetle
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 52
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Cambridge [u.a.] : Cambridge University Press
    Signatur: AWI A5-04-0013
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: xi, 612 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: 1st published
    ISBN: 0521624304
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents List of contributors Preface 1 Introduction 1.1 Polar lows and other mesoscale lows in the polar regions 1.2 A brief historical review 1.3 Definition 1.4 Nomenclature 1.5 Classification 1.6 Cloud signatures 2 Climatology 2.1 The Arctic 2.2 The Antarctic 3 Observational studies 3.1 The Arctic 3.2 The Antarctic 4 Theoretical investigations 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Baroclinic instability 4.3 Barotropic instability 4.4 Potential vorticity thinking 4.5 The role of thermal instability in polar low formation and maintenance 4.6 Further theoretical considerations 4.7 Summary and concluding remarks 5 Numerical Simulation 5.1 The Arctic 5.2 The Antarctic 6 Forecasting of polar lows 6.1 Aspects common to both polar regions 6.2 Aspects of forecasting specific to the Arctic 6.3 Aspects of forecasting specific to the Antarctic 6.4 Future work required to improve forecasts 7 Conclusions and future research needs 7.1 The spatial distribution of polar lows and other high latitude mesoscale vortices 7.2 Possible climatic effects of polar lows 7.3 Observational and modelling studies 7.4 Formation and development mechanisms 7.5 Forecasting of polar lows 7.6 Final thoughts References Index
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 53
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Signatur: AWI A6-04-0010
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: xviii, 719 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: First published
    ISBN: 052100666X , 0-521-00666-X
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Preface Part 1 Mathematical tools M 1 Algebra of vectors M 1.1 Basic concepts and definitions M 1.2 Reference frames M 1.3 Vector multiplication M 1.4 Reciprocal coordinate systems M 1.5 Vector representations M 1.6 Products of vectors in general coordinate systems M 1.7 Problems M 2 Vector functions M 2.1 Basic definitions and operations M 2.2 Special dyadics M 2.3 Principal-axis transformation of symmetric tensors M 2.4 Invariants of a dyadic M 2.5 Tensor algebra M 2.6 Problems M 3 Differential relations M 3.1 Differentiation of extensive functions M 3.2 The Hamilton operator in generalized coordinate systems M 3.3 The spatial derivative of the basis vectors M 3.4 Differential invariants in generalized coordinate systems M 3.5 Additional applications M 3.6 Problems M 4 Coordinate transformations M 4.1 Transformation relations of time-independent coordinate systems M 4.2 Transformation relations of time-dependent coordinate systems M 4.3 Problems M 5 The method of covariant differentiation M 5.1 Spatial differentiation of vectors and dyadics M 5.2 Time differentiation of vectors and dyadics M 5.3 The local dyadic of vP M 5.4 Problems M 6 Integral operations M 6.1 Curves, surfaces, and volumes in the general qi system M 6.2 Line integrals, surface integrals, and volume integrals M 6.3 Integral theorems M 6.4 Fluid lines, surfaces, and volumes M 6.5 Time differentiation of fluid integrals M 6.6 The general form of the budget equation M 6.7 Gauss' theorem and the Dirac delta function M 6.8 Solution of Poisson's differential equation M 6.9 Appendix: Remarks on Euclidian and Riemannian spaces M 6.10 Problems M 7 Introduction to the concepts of nonlinear dynamics M 7.1 One-dimensional flow M 7.2 Two-dimensional flow Part 2 Dynamics of the atmosphere 1 The laws of atmospheric motion 1.1 The equation of absolute motion 1.2 The energy budget in the absolute reference system 1.3 The geographical coordinate system 1.4 The equation of relative motion 1.5 The energy budget of the general relative system 1.6 The decomposition of the equation of motion 1.7 Problems 2 Scale analysis 2.1 An outline of the method 2.2 Practical formulation of the dimensionless flow numbers 2.3 Scale analysis of large-scale frictionless motion 2.4 The geostrophic wind and the Euier wind 2.5 The equation of motion on a tangential plane 2.6 Problems 3 The material and the local description of flow 3.1 The description of Lagrange 3.2 Lagrange's version of the continuity equation 3.3 An example of the use of Lagrangian coordinates 3.4 The local description of Euler 3.5 Transformation from the Eulerian to the Lagrangian system 3.6 Problems 4 Atmospheric flow fields 4.1 The velocity dyadic 4.2 The deformation of the continuum 4.3 Individual changes with time of geometric fluid configurations 4.4 Problems 5 The Navier-Stokes stress tensor 5.1 The general stress tensor 5.2 Equilibrium conditions in the stress field 5.3 Symmetry of the stress tensor 5.4 The frictional stress tensor and the deformation dyadic 5.5 Problems 6 The Helmholtz theorem 6.1 The three-dimensional Helmholtz theorem 6.2 The two-dimensional Helmholtz theorem 6.3 Problems 7 Kinematics of two-dimensional flow 7.1 Atmospheric flow fields 7.2 Two-dimensional streamlines and normals 7.3 Streamlines in a drifting coordinate system 7.4 Problems 8 Natural coordinates 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Differential definitions of the coordinate lines 8.3 Metric relationships 8.4 Blaton's equation 8.5 Individual and local time derivatives of the velocity 8.6 Differential invariants 8.7 The equation of motion for frictionless horizontal flow 8.8 The gradient wind relation 8.9 Problems 9 Boundary surfaces and boundary conditions 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Differential operations at discontinuity surfaces 9.3 Particle invariance at boundary surfaces, displacement velocities 9.4 The kinematic boundary-surface condition 9.5 The dynamic boundary-surface condition 9.6 The zeroth-order discontinuity surface 9.7 An example of a first-order discontinuity surface 9.8 Problems 10 Circulation and vorticity theorems 10.1 ErteFs form of the continuity equation 10.2 The baroclinic Weber transformation 10.3 The baroclinic Ertel-Rossby invariant 10.4 Circulation and vorticity theorems for frictionless baroclinic flow 10.5 Circulation and vorticity theorems for frictionless barotropic flow 10.6 Problems 11 Turbulent systems 11.1 Simple averages and fluctuations 11.2 Weighted averages and fluctuations 11.3 Averaging the individual time derivative and the budget operator 11.4 Integral means 11.5 Budget equations of the turbulent system 11.6 The energy budget of the turbulent system 11.7 Diagnostic and prognostic equations of turbulent systems 11.8 Production of entropy in the microturbulent system 11.9 Problems 12 An excursion into spectral turbulence theory 12.1 Fourier Representation of the continuity equation and the equation of motion 12.2 The budget equation for the amplitude of the kinetic energy 12.3 Isotropie conditions, the transition to the continuous wavenumber space 12.4 The Heisenberg spectrum 12.5 Relations for the Heisenberg exchange coefficient 12.6 A prognostic equation for the exchange coefficient 12.7 Concluding remarks on closure procedures 12.8 Problems 13 The atmospheric boundary layer 13.1 Introduction 13.2 Prandtl-layer theory 13.3 The Monin-Obukhov similarity theory of the neutral Prandtl layer 13.4 The Monin-Obukhov similarity theory of the diabatic Prandtl layer 13.5 Application of the Prandtl-layer theory in numerical prognostic models 13.6 The fluxes, the dissipation of energy, and the exchange coefficients 13.7 The interface condition at the earth's surface 13.8 The Ekman layer - the classical approach 13.9 The composite Ekman layer 13.10 Ekman pumping 13.11 Appendix A: Dimensional analysis 13.12 Appendix B: The mixing length 13.13 Problems 14 Wave motion in the atmosphere 14.1 The representation of waves 14.2 The group velocity 14.3 Perturbation theory 14.4 Pure sound waves 14.5 Sound waves and gravity waves 14.6 Lamb waves 14.7 Lee waves 14.8 Propagation of energy 14.9 External gravity waves 14.10 Internal gravity waves 14.11 Nonlinear waves in the atmosphere 14.12 Problems 15 The barotropic model 15.1 The basic assumptions of the barotropic model 15.2 The tinfiltered barotropic prediction model 15.3 The filtered barotropic model 15.4 Barotropic instability 15.5 The mechanism of barotropic development 15.6 Appendix 15.7 Problems 16 Rossby waves 16.1 One-and two-dimensional Rossby waves 16.2 Three-dimensional Rossby waves 16.3 Normal-mode considerations 16.4 Energy transport by Rossby waves 16.5 The influence of friction on the stationary Rossby wave 16.6 Barotropic equatorial waves 16.7 The principle of geostrophic adjustment 16.8 Appendix 16.9 Problems 17 Inertial and dynamic stability 17.1 Inertial motion in a horizontally homogeneous pressure field 17.2 Inertial motion in a homogeneous geostrophic wind field 17.3 Inertial motion in a geostrophic shear wind field 17.4 Derivation of the stability criteria in the geostrophic wind field 17.5 Sectorial stability and instability 17.6 Sectorial stability for normal atmospheric conditions 17.7 Sectorial stability and instability with permanent adaptation 17.8 Problems 18 The equation of motion in general coordinate systems 18.1 Introduction 18.2 The covariant equation of motion in general coordinate systems 18.3 The contravariant equation of motion in general 18.4 The equation of motion in orthogonal coordinate systems 18.5 Lagrange's equation of motion 18.6 Hamilton's equation of motion 18.7 Appendix 18.8 Problems 19 The geographical coordinate systems 19.1 The equation of motion 19.2 Application of Lagrange's equation of motion 19.3 The first metric simplification 19.4 The coordinate simplification 19.5 The continuity equation 19.6 Problems 20 The stereographic coordinate system 20.1 The stereographic projection 20.2 Metric forms in stereographic coordinates 20.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 54
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Cambridge [u.a.] : Cambridge Univ. Press
    Signatur: AWI S2-18-91484
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XI, 269 S. , graph. Darst. , 26 cm
    Ausgabe: Transferred to digital printing 2009
    ISBN: 052181409X (hb) , 0521891086 (pb.)
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: Preface. - 1. Introduction and data manipulation. - 1.1. Why ordination?. - 1.2. Terminology. - 1.3. Types of analyses. - 1.4. Response variables. - 1.5. Explanatory variables. - 1.6. Handling missing values in data. - 1.7. Importing data from spreadsheets - WCanoImp program. - 1.8. Transformation of species data. - 1.9. Transformation of explanatory variables. - 2. Experimental design. - 2.1. Completely randomized design. - 2.2. Randomized complete blocks. - 2.3. Latin square design. - 2.4. Most frequent errors - pseudoreplications. - 2.5. Combining more than one factor. - 2.6. Following the development of objects in time - repeated observations. - 2.7. Experimental and observational data. - 3. Basics of gradient analysis. - 3.1. Techniques of gradient analysis. - 3.2. Models of species response to environmental gradients. - 3.3. Estimating species optima by the weighted averaging method. - 3.4. Calibration. - 3.5. Ordination. - 3.6. Constrained ordination. - 3.7. Basic ordination techniques. - 3.8. Ordination diagrams. - 3.9. Two approaches. - 3.10. Testing significance of the relation with environmental variables. - 3.11. Monte Carlo permutation tests for the significance of regression. - 4. Using the Canoco for Windows 4.5 package. - 4.1. Overview of the package. - 4.2. Typical flow-chart of data analysis with Canoco for Windows. - 4.3. Deciding on the ordination method: unimodal or linear?. - 4.4. PCA or RDA ordination: centring and standardizing. - 4.5. DCA ordination: detrending. - 4.6. Scaling of ordination scores. - 4.7. Running CanoDraw for Windows 4.0. - 4.8. New analyses providing new views of our data sets. - 5. Constrained ordination and permutation tests. - 5.1. Linear multiple regression model. - 5.2. Constrained ordination model. - 5.3. RDA: constrained PCA. - 5.4. Monte Carlo permutation test: an introduction. - 5.5. Null hypothesis model. - 5.6. Test statistics. - 5.7. Spatial and temporal constraints. - 5.8. Split-plot constraints. - 5.9. Stepwise selection of the model. - 5.10. Variance partitioning procedure. - 6. Similarity measures. - 6.1. Similarity measures for presence-absence data. - 6.2. Similarity measures for quantitative data. - 6.3. Similarity of samples versus similarity of communities. - 6.4. Principal coordinates analysis. - 6.5. Non-metric multidimensional scaling. - 6.6. Constrained principal coordinates analysis (db-RDA). - 6.7. Mantel test. - 7. Classification methods. - 7.1. Sample data set. - 7.2. Non-hierarchical classification (K-means clustering). - 7.3. Hierarchical classifications. - 7.4. TWINSPAN. - 8. Regression methods . - 8.1. Regression models in general. - 8.2. General linear model: terms. - 8.3. Generalized linear models (GLM). - 8.4. Loess smoother. - 8.5. Generalized additive models (GAM). - 8.6. Classification and regression trees. - 8.7. Modelling species response curves with CanoDraw. - 9. Advanced use of ordination. - 9.1. Testing the significance of individual constrained ordination axes. - 9.2. Hierarchical analysis of community variation. - 9.3. Principal response curves (PRC) method. - 9.4. Linear discriminant analysis. - 10. Visualizing multivariate data. - 10.1. What we can infer from ordination diagrams: linear methods. - 10.2. What we can infer from ordination diagrams: unimodal methods. - 10.3. Visualizing ordination results with statistical models. - 10.4. Ordination diagnostics. - 10.5. t-value biplot interpretation. - 11. Case study 1: Variation in forest bird assemblages. - 11.1. Data manipulation. - 11.2. Deciding between linear and unimodal ordination. - 11.3. Indirect analysis: portraying variation in bird community. - 11.4. Direct gradient analysis: effect of altitude. - 11.5.Direct gradient analysis: additional effect of other habitat characteristics. - 12. Case study 2: Search for community composition patterns and their environmental correlates: vegetation of spring meadows. - 12.1. The unconstrained ordination. - 12.2. Constrained ordinations. - 12.3. Classification. - 12.4. Suggestions for additional analyses. - 13. Case study 3: Separating the effects of explanatory variables. - 13.1. Introduction. - 13.2. Data. - 13.3. Data analysis. - 14. Case study 4: Evaluation of experiments in randomized complete blocks. - 14.1. Introduction. - 14.2. Data. - 14.3. Data analysis. - 15. Case study 5: Analysis of repeated observations of species composition from a factorial experiment. - 15.1. Introduction. - 15.2. Experimental design. - 15.3. Sampling. - 15.4. Data analysis. - 15.5. Univariate analyses. - 15.6. Constrained ordinations. - 15.7. Further use of ordination results. - 15.8. Principal response curves. - 16. Case study 6: Hierarchical analysis of crayfish community variation. - 16.1. Data and design. - 16.2. Differences among sampling locations. - 16.3. Hierarchical decomposition'of community variation. - 17. Case study 7: Differentiating two species and their hybrids with discriminant analysis. - 17.1. Data. - 17.2. Stepwise selection of discriminating variables. - 17.3. Adjusting the discriminating variables. - 17.4. Displaying results. - Appendix A: Sample datasets and projects. - Appendix B: Vocabulary. - Appendix C: Overview of available software. - References. - Index.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 55
    Signatur: AWI P7-18-91976
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 140 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: Polar sciences and global environmental changes / Byong-Kwon Park. - The sun earth connection: thermodynamics of the terrestrial atmosphere during geo-effective events / R. J. Niciejewski and Y.-I. Won. - Observations of atmospheric waves in the high-latitude / Y.-I. Won, R. J. Niciejewski, P. Espy, J.-K. Chung and Bang Yong Lee. - Malaysian Antarctic Research Program / Nasaruddin Rahman, Salleh Mohd Nor and Azizan Abu Samah. - Compositional variation in pyrochlore from the Sokoli Phoscorite-Carbonatite complex, Kola Peninsula, Arctic / Mi Jung Lee, C. Terry Williams, Jong Ik Lee, and Yeadong Kim. - U-Th-Pb electron microprobe datings on the Rayner complex, East Antarctica / Yoichi Motoyoshi, Tomokazu Hokada and Kazuyuki Shiraishi. - Geochemical variation during hydrothermal alteration of basaltic andesite at Barton Peninsula, King George Island, Antarctica / Soon Do Hur, Jong Ik Lee and Jeong Hwang. - The paleocene-eocene volcanic succession in the Barton Peninsula, King George Island, Antarctica: Lithofacies, eruption styles and depositional processes / Seung Bum Kim, Young Kwan Shon and Moon Young Choe. - Holocene paleoclimate in Antarctic Lake Langer (King George Island) / B. K. Khim, K. Lee, H. I. Yoon and C. Y. Kang. - Holocene paleoceanography and paleoclimate of the West Spitsbergen Area, Euro-Arctic margin / Morten Hald, Hanne Ebbesen, Matthias Forwick, Sergei Korsun, Tore O. Vorren, Liza Khomenko, and Fred Godtliebsen. - Origins and paleoceanographic significance of layered diatom ooze interval from the Bransfield Strait in the Northern Antarctic Peninsula around 2500 yrs BP / Ho Il Yoon, Byong-Kwon Park, Yeadong Kim, Cheon Yun kang and Sung-Ho Kang. - A record of holocene environmental changes in terrestrial sedimentary deposits on King George Island, Antarctica / A. Tatur, R. del Valle, A. Barczuk, J. Martinez-Macchiavello. - Geochemistry of soils of King George Island, South Shetland Islands, West Antarctica: Implications for pedogenesis in cold polar regions / Yong Il Lee, Hyoun Soo Lim, and Ho Il Yoon. - Seafloor structure around the epicenter of the Great Antarctic Plate earthquake / Yoshifumi Nogi and Kin-ichiro Koizumi. - Multidisciplinary surveys by 'structure and evolution of the East Antarctic Lithosphere': SEAL-2000, -2002 / M. Kanao, H. Miyamachi, S. Toda, H. Murakami, T. Tsutsui, T. Matsushima, M. Takada, A. Watanabe, M. Yamashita, K. Yoshii, K. Kaminuma, and SEAL Geotransect Group. - Local seismic activity around Syowa Station, East Antarctica / Katsutada Kaminuma and Masaki Kanao. - Morphological characteristics of the intersection between Phoenix Ridge and the Hero Fracture Zone / Kyu Jung Kim, Young Keun Jin, Sang Heon Nam, Joo Han Lee and Yeadong Kim. - Visual observation experiments to investigate the formation processes of globular gas hydrate / H. Shoji. - Gas hydrate BSR-derived heat flow variation on the South Shetland Continental Margin, Antarctic Peninsula / Young Keun Jin, Sang Heon Nam, Yeadong Kim, Kyu Jung Kim and Joo Han Lee. - Introduction to ice core drilling program on Amery Ice Shelf in the 2002/2003 Antarctic summer season / Yuansheng Li, Dejun Tan, Zengdi Pan, Zhaoqian Dong, Bo Sun and Jiahong Wen. - 724 M deep ice core from Akademii Nauk Ice Cap Severnaya Zemlya (Russian Arctic) - Electrical conductivity measurements and isotopic record / D. Fritzsche, R. Schütt, H. Meyer, H. Miller, and F. Wilhelms. - Introduction of the Chinese Polar Cryospheric Database System (CPCDS) / Xiang Qin, Dahe Qin and Yongjian Ding. - Natural variations in lead, cadmium, copper and zinc concentrations and their sources in Vostok Antarctic Ice from 65,000 to 240,000 years BP / Sungmin Hong, Kang Hyun Lee, Claude F. Boutron, Christophe P. Ferrari, Jean Robert Petit, Carlo Barbante, Kevin Rosman, Vladimir Y. Lipenkov. - Fluctuation of ice sheet elevation in East Antarctica since the late Pliocene / Xiaohan Liu, Ping Kong, Feixin Huang, Xiaoli Li, and Aimin Fang. - Variations of total ozone amount and erythermal ultraviolet radiation at King Sejong Station in West Antarctica / Bang Yong Lee, Hi-Ku Cho, Yun-Gon Lee and Young-In Won. - Variability of regional atmospheric circulation related with recent warming in the Antarctic Peninsula / Jeong-Soon Lee, Tae-Yong Kwon, Bang-Yong Lee, Ho Il Yoon and Jeong-Woo Kim. - The surface UV-A and erythermal UV-B radiation changes at King Sejong Station of West Antarctica / Kyu-Tae Lee, Joon-Bum Jee, Won-Hak Lee, Youn-Joung Kim, Bang Yong Lee, and Young-In Won. - Climatological characteristics of the polar ionosphere based on the Sondrestrom and Chatanika incoherent scatter radar measurements / Young-Sil Kwak and Byung-Ho Ahn. - Cloudy band and air inclusions observed in deep ice core samples from GRIP, Greenland / Kimiko Shimohara, Hitoshi Shoji and Sepp Kipfstuhl. - Geochemical trends and Milankovitch cycles within sediment from the North Atlantic Ocean / Sangmin Hyun, Naokazu Ahagon and Ho Il Yoon. - Oceanographic mechanism of regional warming in the Antarctic Peninsula / Kyu-Cheul Yoo, Ho Il Yoon, Jae-Kyung Oh, Tae-Yong Kwon and Cheon Yun Kang. - East Asian Monsoon variation during the late pleistocene to holocene: paleoclimate changes indicated by proxy records from Jeju Island, Korea / Seung Hyoun Lee, Yong Il Lee, Ho Il Yoon and Cheon Yun Kang. - Occurrence of vivianite in late pleistocene lacustrine sediments at Sogwipo, Jeju Island, Korea / Seung Hyoun Lee, Yong Il Lee, Ho Il Yoon, Cheon Yun Kang and Yaedong Kim. - Microfabric analysis of laminated diatom ooze in the holocene sediments from the eastern Bransfield Strait, Antarctic Peninsula / Jang Jun Bahk, Ho Il Yoon, Yeadong Kim, Cheon Yun Kang and Sung Ho Bae. - Late Quaternary paleoenvironment of the Saint Anna Trough, Arcitc Russia / Jae Il Lee, Yeadong Kim and Ho Il Yoon. - Formation and dissociation processes of gas hydrates composed of methane and carbon dioxide below the ice point / A. Hachikubo, K. Yamada, T. Miura, K. Hyakutake, K. Abe and H. Shoji. - Visual observations of tubular gas hydrate formation in a pressure cell with water and seafloor sediment / K. Hyakutake, O. Kitamura, S. Kataoka, A. Hachikubo, H. Shoji and L. Mazurenko. - Formation processes of massive gas hydrate in a pressure cell with water-saturated sediment conditions / O. Kitamura, S. Kataoka, K. Hyakutake, A. Hachikubo and H. Shoji. - Phase equilibrium studies on mixed gas hydrates composed of methane and carbon dioxide below the ice point / T. Miura, A. Hachikubo, K. Hyakutake, K. Abe and H. Shoji. - CP-MAS 13C-NMR study on the crystallographic structure of natural gas hydrate in the bottom of the Okhotsk Sea and Lake Baikal / M. Kida, H. Sakagami, H. Minami, Y. Numokawa, N. Takahashi, T. Matveeva, H. Shoji, S. Takeya, Y. Kamata, T. Ebinuma, H. Narita, V. Soloviev, K. Wallmann, N. Biebow, A. Obzhirov, A. Salomatin, J. Poort, O. Khlystov and M. Grachev. - Some features of gas hydrates in the sea of Okhotsk / T. Matveeva, V. Soloviev, K. Wallmann, A. Obzhirov, N. Biebow, J. Poort, A. Salomatin and H. Shoji. - High-resolution echo facies analysis of glacial-marine deposits in the Bransfield Basin, Antarctica / S. H. Yoon, H. I. Yoon and J. Howe. - Characteristics of Beach sands, King George Island, West Antarctica / Tae Jin Choi, Yong Il Lee and Ho Il Yoon. - Transition from debris flow to hyperconcentrated flow in a submarine channel (the Cretaceous Cerro Toro Formation, Southern Chile) / Y. K. Sohn, M. Y. Choe, and H. R. Jo. - Chemical weathering of glacial debris and volcanic ash in King George Island, Antarctica / Gi Young Jeong and Bong Ho Lee. - The cenozoic sedimentary records found in the Grove Mountains, East Antarctica and their climatic implications / Aimin Fang, Xiaohan Liu, Xiaoli Li, Jong Ik Lee, Yitai Ju and Feixin Huang. - The pollen assemblages found in the cenozoic sedimentary rocks in Grove Mountains, East Antarctica / Aimin Fang, Xiaohan Liu, Xiaoli Li, Yitai Ju and Weimin W
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 56
    Signatur: AWI A13-19-92152
    In: HIRLAM technical report, No. 60
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 69 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Serie: HIRLAM technical report 60
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: 1 Background. - 2 Processing overview. - 2.1 AAPP. - 2.2 BUFR and CMA. - 2.3 Cloud mask and thinning in HIRLAM 3D-VAR. - 2.4 Radiative transfer calculations. - 2.5 Data selection. - 3 Bias correction and error statistics. - 3.1 The need for bias correction. - 3.2 Bias correction method. - 3.3 Background errors in observation space. - 3.4 Estimation of observation error covariance statistics. - 3.4.1 Rotated channels. - 3.4.2 Estimation from analysis departures (DNMI). - 3.4.3 Non-diagonal cost contributions. - 3.4.4 Approach using comparison with background error (SMHI). - 4 Impact studies. - 4.1 Overview. - 4.2 The May 2001 impact study at DNMI. - 4.3 December 1999 SMHI experiment. - 4.3.1 Data coverage and model area. - 4.3.2 Verification. - 4.3.3 Results. - 4.3.4 The "French storm". - 4.4 December 2001 NOAA 16 impact study at DMI. - 4.5 January 2002 NOAA 16 impact study at DMI. - 5 Ongoing and future work. - 5.1 Overview. - 5.2 Use of observations over ice. - 5.3 Moisture channels. - 5.4 Future sensors. - 6 Conclusions and outlook for the future. - Acknowledgment. - References.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 57
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Montréal & Kingston : McGill-Queen's University Press
    Signatur: AWI Bio-22-94779
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 97 Seiten , Illustrationen , 23 cm
    ISBN: 0-7735-2661-7
    Serie: Forest History Society issues series
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Overview Introduction 1 The Canadian Forest 2 Early Forest Use 3 Industrialization of the Forests 4 The Rise of Forest Conservation 5 Sustainable Forest Management Conclusion Sources Further Reading Index
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 58
    Signatur: AWI G5-05-0025
    In: Kölner Forum für Geologie und Paläontologie
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 108 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt
    ISBN: 393402713X
    Serie: Kölner Forum für Geologie und Paläontologie 13
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Zugl.: Köln, Univ., Diss., 2003
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 59
    Signatur: ZSP-320(B,95)
    In: Geologisches Jahrbuch : Reihe B, Regionale Geologie Ausland, H. 95
    In: Polar Issue, No. 8
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 235 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt. , 24 cm
    ISBN: 3510959019
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 60
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    München : Bühn
    Signatur: AWI S6-16-90169
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 302 S. , Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 3932831217
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: [englischer, deutscher und französischer Text]
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 61
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Norrköping : HIRLAM-6 Project, SMHI
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: AWI A13-19-92154
    In: HIRLAM newsletter, No. 43
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 207 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Serie: HIRLAM newsletter 43
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: CONTENTS: Introduction and general report from All Staff Meeting 2003 / Per Undén. - Operational HIRLAM at DMI - Status and plans for 2003 / Kristian Mogensen. - The operational HIRLAM at the Finnish Meteorological Institute / Kalle Eerola. - Operational NWP suites at Meteo-France / Dominique Giard. - HIRLAM operational activities in Met Éireann / Ray McGrath. - Operational HIRLAM at met.no / Ole Vignes. - HIRLAM at INM. News and plans / Jose Antonio Garcia-Moya. - SMHI operational HIRLAM system / Lars Meuller. - Modelisation of background error statistics in ALADIN and ARPEGE / Dominique Giard and Loïk Berre. - Optimum interpolation analysis method for snow depth / Alberto Cansado and Beatriz Navascués. - Radiation in high-resolution mesoscale models - what can be done? / Hannu Savijärvi. - Testing the modified HIRLAM radiation scheme / Laura Rontu and Simo Järvenoja. - Enhanced formulation of convective cloud cover / Bent Hansen Sass. - Ideas about the water vapour saturation pressure / Carl Fortelius. - Recent physics modifications and results with KFB / Eric Bazile et al. - Comparison of two algorithms to simulate the effect of soil moisture freezing and thawing on the energy balance / J.A. Parodi, Ernesto Rodriguez and Beatriz Navascués. - Characteristics of CBR and STRACO versions / Sander Tijm. - Representing subgrid scale mixing under stable conditions: Importance for overall model synoptic development / Colin Jones, Geert Lenderink and Karl-Ivar Ivarsson. - Sensitivity and robustness of transparent boundary conditions / Aidan McDonald. - Re-arranging the HIRLAM boundary relaxation treatment / Aidan McDonald. - Testing of the MC2 boundary treatment in HIRLAM / Simo Järvenoja. - Experiences from pre-operational HIRLAM 5.1.4 tests at FMI / Simo Järvenoja. - A recent study on the initialization procedure in HIRLAM / Xiaohua Yang and Xiang-Yu Huang. - MLAM- MARS HIRLAM / Simo Järvenoja. - Forecasting snow with HIRLAM 5.2 / Viel Ødegaard. - The flood of Feb 1, 1953 and HIRLAM / Toon Moene. - HIRLAM verification scores, 1st quarter 2003 / Per Undén. - Reference system status / Gerard Cats.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 62
    Signatur: AWI Bio-21-94353
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 639 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 3906166082
    Serie: Diatom monographs 4
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Introduction Taxonomic classification adopted and floristic list References Nomenclatural proposals Index of taxa
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 63
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Stuttgart : Reader's Digest
    Signatur: AWI E3-21-94619
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XVIII, 479 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Ausgabe: Kurzfassung
    ISBN: 3899150716
    Serie: Vom Pol zum Äquator 162
    Originaltitel: Scott & Amundsen 〈dt.〉
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 64
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    London [u.a.] : Routledge
    Signatur: AWI A5-18-91525
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XVI, 421 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt. , 25cm
    Ausgabe: 8. ed.
    ISBN: 0415271711 (pbk.) , 0415271703
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: Preface to the eighth edition. - Acknowledgements. - 1 INTRODUCTION AND HISTORY OF METEOROLOGY AND CLIMATOLOGY. - A The atmosphere. - B Solar energy. - C Global circulation. - D Climatology. - E Mid-latitude disturbances. - F Tropical weather. - G Palaeoclimates. - H The global climate system. - 2 ATMOSPHERIC COMPOSITION, MASS AND STRUCTURE. - A Composition of the atmosphere. - 1 Primary gases. - 2 Greenhouse gases. - 3 Reactive gas species. - 4 Aerosols. - 5 Variations with height. - 6 Variations with latitude and season. - 7 Variations with time. - B Mass of the atmosphere. - 1 Total pressure. - 2 Vapour pressure C The layering of the atmosphere. - 1 Troposphere. - 2 Stratosphere. - 3 Mesosphere. - 4 Thermosphere. - 5 Exosphere and magnetosphere. - 3 SOLAR RADIATION AND THE GLOBAL ENERGY BUDGET. - A Solar radiation. - 1 Solar output. - 2 Distance from the sun. - 3 Altitude of the sun. - 4 Length of day. - B Surface receipt of solar radiation and its effects. - 1 Energy transfer within the earth-atmosphere system. - 2 Effect of the atmosphere. - 3 Effect of cloud cover. - 4 Effect of latitude. - 5 Effect ofland and sea. - 6 Effect of elevation and aspect. - 7 Variation of free-air temperature with height. - C Terrestrial infra-red radiation and the greenhouse effect. - D Heat budget of the earth. - E Atmospheric energy and horizontal heat transport. - 1 The horizontal transport of heat. - 2 Spatial pattern of the heat budget components. - 4 ATMOSPHERIC MOISTURE BUDGET. - A The global hydrological cycle. - B Humidity. - 1 Moisture content. - 2 Moisture transport. - C Evaporation. - D Condensation. - E Precipitation characteristics and measurement. - 1 Forms of precipitation. - 2 Precipitation characteristics. - a Rainfall intensity. - b Areal extent of a rainstorm. - c Frequency of rainstorms. - 3 The world pattern of precipitation. - 4 Regional variations in the altitudinal maximum of precipitation. - 5 Drought. - 5 ATMOSPHERIC INSTABILITY, CLOUD FORMATION AND PRECIPITATION PROCESSES. - A Adiabatic temperature changes. - B Condensation level. - C Air stability and instability. - D Cloud formation. - 1 Condensation nuclei. - 2 Cloud types. - 3 Global cloud cover. - E Formation of precipitation. - 1 Bergeron-Findeisen theory. - 2 Coalescence theories. - 3 Solid precipitation. - F Precipitation types. - 1 'Convective type' precipitation. - 2 'Cyclonic type' precipitation. - 3 Orographic precipitation. - G Thunderstorms. - 1 Development. - 2 Cloud electrification and lightning. - 6 ATMOSPHERIC MOTION: PRINCIPLES. - A Laws of horizontal motion. - 1 The pressure-gradient force. - 2 The earth's rotational deflective (Coriolis) force. - 3 The geostrophic wind. - 4 The centripetal acceleration. - 5 Frictional forces and the planetary boundary layer. - B Divergence, vertical motion and vorticity. - 1 Divergence. - 2 Vertical motion. - 3 Vorticity. - C Local winds. - 1 Mountain and valley winds. - 2 Land and sea breezes. - 3 Winds due to topographic barriers. - 7 PLANETARY-SCALE MOTIONS IN THE ATMOSPHERE AND OCEAN. - A Variation of pressure and wind velocity with height. - 1 The vertical variation of pressure systems. - 2 Mean upper-air patterns. - 3 Upper wind conditions. - 4 Surface pressure conditions. - B The global wind belts. - 1 The trade winds. - 2 The equatorial westerlies. - 3 The mid-latitude (Ferrel) westerlies. - 4 The polar easterlies. - C The general circulation. - 1 Circulations in the vertical and horizontal planes. - 2 Variations in the circulation of the northern hemisphere. - a Zonal index variations. - b North Atlantic Oscillation. - D Ocean structure and circulation. - 1 Above the thermocline. - a Vertical. - b Horizontal. - 2 Deep ocean water interactions. - a Upwelling. - b Deep ocean circulation. - 3 The oceans and atmospheric regulation. - 8 NUMERICAL MODELS OF THE GENERAL CIRCULATION, CLIMATE AND WEATHER PREDICTION / T. N. Chase and R. G. Barry. - A Fundamentals of the GCM. - B Model simulations. - 1 GCMs. - 2 Simpler models. - 3 Regional models. - C Data sources for forecasting. - D Numerical weather prediction. - 1 Short- and medium-range forecasting. - 2 'Nowcasting'. - 3 Long-range outlooks. - 9 MID-LATITUDE SYNOPTIC AND MESOSCALE SYSTEMS. - A The airmass concept. - B Nature of the source area. - 1 Cold airmasses. - 2 Warm airmasses. - C Airmass modification. - 1 Mechanisms of modification. - a Thermodynamic changes. - b Dynamic changes. - 2 The results of modification: secondary airmasses. - a Cold air. - b Warm air. - 3 The age of the airmass. - D Frontogenesis. - 1 Frontal waves. - 2 The frontal-wave depression. - E Frontal characteristics. - 1 The warm front. - 2 The cold front. - 3 The occlusion. - 4 Frontal-wave families. - F Zones of wave development and frontogenesis. - G Surface/upper-air relationships and the formation of frontal cyclones. - H Non-frontal depressions. - 1 The lee cyclone. - 2 The thermal low. - 3 Polar air depressions. - 4 The cold low. - I Mesoscale convective systems. - 10 WEATHER AND CLIMATE IN MIDDLE AND HIGH LATITUDES. - A Europe. - 1 Pressure and wind conditions. - 2 Oceanicity and continentality. - 3 British airflow patterns and their climatic characteristics. - 4 Singularities and natural seasons. - 5 Synoptic anomalies. - 6 Topographic effects. - B North America. - 1 Pressure systems. - 2 The temperate west coast and Cordillera. - 3 Interior and eastern North America. - a Continental and oceanic influences. - b Warm and cold spells. - c Precipitation and the moisture balance. - C The subtropical margins. - 1 The semi-arid southwestern United States. - 2 The interior southeastern United States. - 3 The Mediterranean. - 4 North Africa. - 5 Australasia. - D High latitudes. - 1 The southern westerlies. - 2 The sub-Arctic. - 3 The polar regions. - a The Arctic. - b Antarctica. - 11 TROPICAL WEATHER AND CLIMATE. - A The intertropical convergence. - B Tropical disturbances. - 1 Wave disturbances. - 2 Cyclones. - a Hurricanes and typhoons. - b Other tropical disturbances. - 3 Tropical cloud clusters. - C The Asian monsoon. - 1 Winter. - 2 Spring. - 3 Early summer. - 4 Summer. - 5 Autumn. - D East Asian and Australian summer monsoons. - E Central and southern Africa. - 1 The African monsoon. - 2 Southern Africa. - F Amazonia. - G El Niño-Southern Oscillation (ENSO) events. - 1 The Pacific Ocean. - 2 Teleconnections. - H Other sources of climatic variations in the tropics. - 1 Cool ocean currents. - 2 Topographic effects. - 3 Diurnal variations. - I Forecasting tropical weather. - 1 Short- and extended-range forecasts. - 2 Long-range forecasts. - 12 BOUNDARY LAYER CLIMATES. - A Surface energy budgets. - B Non-vegetated natural surfaces. - 1 Rock and sand. - 2 Water. - 3 Snow and ice C Vegetated surfaces. - 1 Short green crops. - 2 Forests. - a Modification of energy transfers. - b Modification of airflow. - c Modification of the humidity environment. - d Modification of the thermal environment. - D Urban surfaces. - 1 Modification of atmospheric composition. - a Aerosols. - b Gases. - c Pollution distribution and impacts. - 2 Modification of the heat budget. - a Atmospheric composition. - b Urban surfaces. - c Human heat production. - d Heat islands. - 3 Modification of surface characteristics. - a Airflow. - b Moisture. - 4 Tropical urban climates. - 13 CLIMATE CHANGE. - A General considerations. - B Climate forcings and feedbacks. - 1 External forcing. - 2 Short-term forcing and feedback. - C The climatic record. - 1 The geological record. - 2 Late glacial and post-glacial conditions. - 3 The past 1000 years. - D Possible causes of recent climatic change. - 1 Circulation changes. - 2 Energy budgets. - 3 Anthropogenic factors. - E Model s
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 65
    Signatur: AWI A1-18-91909
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XIV, 99 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: 1. publ.
    ISBN: 9032703196
    Serie: DWC-Report DWCSSO-01
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: TABLE OF CONTENTS: Preface. - A summary of key issues addressed in this document. - 1: Brief Overview of the Science on Water and Climate. - 1.1 Introduction. - 1.2 Climatic Information. - 1.2.1 Current expectations of future climate in light of uncertainties. - 1.2.2 Anticipated global climate change and water resources. - 1.2.3 Regional climate change. - 1.3 Water Resources. - 1.3.1 Why do water resources matter?. - 1.3.2 What do we know from past experiences of climate variability and change?. - 1.3.3 What do we expect for the future?. - 1.3.4 How reliable is our information?. - 1.3.5 How do we prepare for the future?. - 1.4 Impacts of Climate Change on Water-Related Extremes: Background. - 1.5 Floods. - 1.5.1 Why do floods matter?. - 1.5.2 What do we know from the past about floods?. - 1.5.3 What do we expect for the future?. - 1.5.4 What are our information needs on flow data?. - 1.5.5 How do we prepare for the future?. - 1.6 Droughts. - 1.6.1 Why do droughts matter?. - 1.6.2 What do we know from the past about droughts?. - 1.6.3 What do we expect for the future?. - 1.6.4 What are our information needs?. - 1.6.5 How do we prepare for the future?. - 1.7 Concluding Thoughts. - 2: Coping with Climate Variability and Climate Change in Water Resources. - 2.1 Introduction. - 2.2 Who are Water Managers and What do They Manage?. - 2.3 Integrated Water Resources Management as Prerequisite for Coping and Adaptation. - 2.3.1 What is IWRM?. - 2.3.2 Spatial and temporal scale issues in IWRM. - 2.3.3 IWRM in developing countries. - 2.4 Coping Strategies for Dealing with Uncertainties Associated with Climate Variability and Change. - 2.4.1 Water resources engineering. - 2.4.2 Agriculture. - 2.4.3 Climate forecasting. - 2.4.4 Indigenous coping strategies. - 2.4.5 Approaches to adapting to and coping with climate variability and change. - 2.5 Concluding Thoughts. - 3: A Conceptual Framework for Identifying ‘Hot Spots’ of Vulnerability to Climate Variability and Climate Change. - 3.1 ‘Hot Spots’: Regions of High Vulnerability. - 3.2 Identifying and Assessing Hot Spots of Water Resources Vulnerability with Respect to Climate Change. - 3.3 Related Research That Can Contribute to Hot Spot Assessment. - 3.4 Development Needed for Improved Vulnerability Assessment. - 3.5 First Steps Towards a New Framework for Vulnerability Assessment of Water Resources. - 3.5.1 The suggested framework. - 3.5.2 Hot spots at different spatial and temporal scales. - 3.6 Examples of Applying the Framework. - 3.6.1 The Ganges-Brahmaputra-Meghna Basin. - 3.6.2 Over-abstracted aquifers in the Mediterranean. - 3.7 Concluding Thoughts. - 4: Policy Analysis and Institutional Frameworks in Climate and Water. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Evolution of a Political Framework for Water Resource Management. - 4.3 Critical Review of Present Approaches and Policy Responses with Regard to IWRM. - 4.4 Institutional Decision-Making on Water and Climate in the North and South. - 4.4.1 Data and decisions. - 4.4.2 North-South collaboration and dialogue. - 4.4.3 National and regional power structures. - 4.5 Barriers to Success in Current Practices in Water Resources Management. - 4.6 Identification of Solutions. - 4.6.1 The need for new paradigms. - 4.6.2 Economic stability and access to markets. - 4.6.3 Institutional capacity for water management. - 4.6.4 Participation in water management. - 4.6.5 Information sharing and awareness. - 4.6.6 The facilitating role of government. - 4.6.7 Co-operative agreements. - 4.7 Challenges and Recommendations. - 4.7.1 The political debate on ‘the poor’. - 4.7.2 The political debate on climate change. - 4.7.3 Institutional capacity building. - 4.8 Concluding Thoughts. - Appendix A: Summary of Findings from IPCC (2001) Reports on the Theme of Water and Climate. - A.1 Preamble. - A.2 Introduction. - A.3. Current State of Climate Change and Water Research Since the IPCC’s Second Assessment Report of 1995. - A.4 Climate Scenarios. - A.5 Climate Modelling. - A.6 Effects on the Hydrological Cycle. - A.6.1 Precipitation. - A.6.2 Evapotranspiration. - A.6.3 Soil moisture. - A.6.4 Groundwater recharge. - A.6.5 River flows. - A.6.6 Other Hydrological Responses. - A.7 Effects of Climate Change on Water Withdrawals. - A.8 Impacts of Climate Change on Water Resources. - A.9 Adaptation Options and Management Implications. - Appendix B: Abbreviations and Acronyms. - Appendix C: Glossary of Terms. - Appendix D: List of Authors and their Affiliations. - References.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 66
    Signatur: AWI G7-18-91974
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 38 Seiten , 1 Beilage
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: Preface. - Abstracts (in the alphabetic order). - The natural environment and cryosphere of the Tatra Mountains by Bogdan Gądek. - IASC Working Group on Arctic Glaciology. - General programme.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 67
    Dissertationen
    Dissertationen
    Bergen : Department of Earth Science, University of Bergen
    Signatur: AWI G7-19-92377
    Materialart: Dissertationen
    Seiten: 1 Band (verschiedene Seitenzählungen) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 82-92220-22-04
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Enthält 4 Zeitschriftenartikel , Dissertation, University of Bergen, 2003 , Contents: Introduction Paper I: Weichselian stratigraphy and glaciotectonic deformation along the lower Pechora River, Arctic Russia / Henriksen, M., Mangerud, J., Maslenikova, O., Matiouchkov, A. and Tveranger, J. Paper II: Lake stratigraphy implies an 80 000 yr delayed melting of buried dead ice in northern Russia / Henriksen, M., Mangerud, J., Matiouchkov, A., Paus, A. and Svendsen, J. I. Paper III: Late Pleistocene record from Lake Yamozero, Timian Ridge, northern Russia / Henriksen, M., Mangerud, J., Paus, A. and Svendsen, J. I. Paper IV: Ice-dammed lakes and the rerouting of the drainage of Northern Eurasia during the last glaciation / Mangerud, J., Jakobsson, M., Alexanderson, H. [und 11 weitere]
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 68
    Signatur: AWI G7-19-92930
    In: Glacier mass balance bulletin, No. 7
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 87 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Serie: Glacier mass balance bulletin 7
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: CONTENTS 1. INTRODUCTION 2. SUMMARY DATA 2.1 SUMMARY TABLE (NET BALANCE, ELA, ELA0, AAR, AAR0) 2.2 CUMULATIVE SPECIFIC NET BALANCE GRAPHS 3. EXTENSIVE INFORMATION 3.1 WHITE (CANADA) 3.1.1 Topography and observational network 3.1.2 Net balance maps 1999/2000 and 2000/2001 3.1.3 Net balance versus altitude (1999/2000 and 2000/2001) 3.1.4 Accumulation area ratio (AAR) and equilibrium line altitude (ELA) versus specific net balance for the whole observation period 3.2 PEYTO (CANADA) 3.2.1 Topography and observational network 3.2.2 Net balance maps 1999/2000 and 2000/2001 3.2.3 Net balance versus altitude (1999/2000 and 2000/2001) 3.2.4 Accumulation area ratio (AAR) and equilibrium line altitude (ELA) versus specific net balance for the whole observation period 3.3 ZONGO (BOLIVIA) 3.3.1 Topography and observational network 3.3.2 Net balance maps 1999/2000 and 2000/2001 3.3.3 Net balance versus altitude (1999/2000 and 2000/2001) 3.3.4 Accumulation area ratio (AAR) and equilibrium line altitude (ELA) versus specific net balance for the whole observation period 3.4 WALDEMARBREEN (NORWAY/SVALBARD) 3.4.1 Topography and observational network 3.4.2 Net balance maps 1999/2000 and 2000/2001 3.4.3 Net balance altitude (1999/2000 and 2000/2001) 3.4.4 Accumulation area ratio (AAR) and equilibrium line altitude (ELA) versus specific net balance for the whole observation period 3.5 NIGARDSBREEN (NORWAY) 3.5.1 Topography and observational network 3.5.2 Net balance maps 1999/2000 and 2000/2001 3.5.3 Net balance versus altitude (1999/2000 and 2000/2001) 3.5.4 Accumulation area ratio (AAR) and equilibrium line altitude (ELA) versus specific net balance for the whole observation period 3.6 STORGLACIÄREN (SWEDEN) 3.6.1 Topography and observational network 3.6.2 Net balance maps 1999/2000 and 2000/2001 3.6.3 Net balance versus altitude (1999/2000 and 2000/2001) 3.6.4 Accumulation area ratio (AAR) and equilibrium line altitude (ELA) versus specific net balance for the whole observation period 3.7 VERNAGTFERNER (AUSTRIA) 3.7.1 Topography and observational network 3.7.2 Net balance maps 1999/2000 and 2000/2001 3.7.3 Net balance versus altitude (1999/2000 and 2000/2001) 3.7.4 Accumulation area ratio (AAR) and equilibrium line altitude (ELA) versus specific net balance for the whole observation period 3.8 DJANKUAT (RUSSIA) 57 3.8.1 Topography and observational network 3.8.2 Net balance map 2000/2001 3.8.3 Net balance versus altitude (1999/2000 and 2000/2001) 3.8.4 Accumulation area ratio (AAR) and equilibrium line altitude (ELA) versus specific net balance for the whole observation period 3.9 TSENTRALNIY TUYUKSUYSKIY (KAZAKHSTAN) 3.9.1 Topography and observational network 3.9.2 Net balance maps 1999/2000 and 2000/2001 3.9.3 Net balance versus altitude (1999/2000 and 2000/2001) 3.9.4 Accumulation area ratio (AAR) and equilibrium line altitude (ELA) versus specific net balance for the whole observation period 3.10 MALIYAKTRU (RUSSIA) 3.10.1 Topography and observational network 3.10.2 Net balance maps 1999/2000 and 2000/2001 3.10.3 Net balance versus altitude (1999/2000 and 2000/2001) 3.10.4 Accumulation area ratio (AAR) and equilibrium line altitude (ELA) versus specific net balance for the whole observation period 3.11 URUMQIHE S. NO. 1 (CHINA) 3.11.1 Topography and observational network 3.11.2 Net balance maps 1999/2000 and 2000/2001 3.11.3 Net balance versus altitude (1999/2000 and 2000/2001) 3.11.4 Accumulation area ratio (AAR) and equilibrium line altitude (ELA) versus specific net balance for the whole observation period 4. FINAL REMARKS AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 5. PRINCIPAL INVESTIGATORS AND NATIONAL CORRESPONDENTS 5.1 PRINCIPAL INVESTIGATORS 5.2 NATIONAL CORRESPONDENTS OF WGMS
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 69
    Signatur: ZSP-560-156
    In: Mitteilungen aus dem Institut für Geophysik und Meteorologie der Universität zu Köln
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: VI, 142 S.
    ISSN: 0069-5882
    Serie: Mitteilungen aus dem Institut für Geophysik und Meteorologie der Universität zu Köln 156
    Sprache: Englisch
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 70
    Signatur: AWI G3-04-0067
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 607 S.
    ISBN: 5891762137
    Sprache: Unbestimmte Sprache
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 71
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: ZSP-994(2002/2003)
    In: Das AWI in den Jahren, 2002/2003
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 308 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 1618-3703
    Serie: Das AWI in den Jahren 2002/2003
    Sprache: Deutsch , Englisch
    Anmerkung: Inhalt = Content 1. Vorwort = Introduction 2. Ausgewählte Forschungsthemen = Selected research topics Wer sind die POMORen? = Who are the POMORs? / Kirsten Tuschling, Heidemarie Kassens, Vladimir Troyan, Jörn Thiede, Gerold Wefer Die deutsch-französische Polarforschungsplattform auf Spitzbergen = The French – German polar research platform on Spitsbergen / Roland Neuber, AWI, Franck Delbart, IPEV Auswirkungen der Elbeflutwelle August 2002 auf Muscheln und Fische im Wattenmeer = Health effects of the Elbe flood August 2002 on blue mussel and flounder in the German Wadden Sea / Sonja Einsporn, Katja Broeg, Angela Köhler Sylter Algenfarm: Makroalgen als Nährstoff-Filter für Fischfarmen und neues Nahrungsmittel in Deutschland = Sylt Algal Farm: Marine macroalgae as nutrient filters for fish farms and as a new food resource for Germany / Klaus Lüning, Shaojun Pang, Carsten Pape, Petra Kadel Überleben unter hochantarktischen Bedingungen, Untersuchungen an Pectiniden = Making a living in high-Antarctic waters, a study in pectinids / Daniela Storch, Olaf Heilmayer, Thomas Brey, Christian Bock, Hans-O. Pörtner, Wolf Arntz Die „süßen“ kalten Quellen der Antarktis = Antarctica‘s cold freshwater sources / Hartmut H. Hellmer Eigenschaften von Eisteilchen und ihre Auswirkung auf die Wolkenstruktur = Attributes of ice particles and their effects on the cloud structure / Ulrike Wacker, Thorsten Reinhardt Wärme für das Nordpolarmeer = Warming the Arctic Ocean / Ursula Schauer, Eberhard Fahrbach, Gerd Rohardt Stratosphärischer Ozonabbau: Das Auf und Ab in der Arktis = Stratospheric ozone destruction: the ups and downs in the Arctic / Markus Rex, Peter von der Gathen Permafrost-Küsten der Arktis – Gefrorenes Land versinkt im Meer = Permafrost coasts of the Arctic – frozen land drowns in the Sea / Volker Rachold, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten Umweltrekonstruktionen mit Bioindikatoren in den polaren Landgebieten = Fossil remains indicate paleoenvironments in the terrestrial Arctic / Andrei Andreev, Frank Kienast, Thomas Kumke Feuer und Eis am Pol = Fire and ice at the North Pole / Wilfried Jokat Die Polarflugzeuge als wissenschaftliche Messplattform = Polar aircraft as platforms for scientific measurements / Uwe Nixdorf Variabilität des Flusseintrags in die Arktis – Natürliche Klimaschwankungen? = Variability of freshwater discharge in the Arctic – natural climate change? / Rüdiger Stein Von Tiefseekorallen über Schlammvulkane in die arktische Tiefsee – ‚Victor 6000‘ an Bord der ‚Polarstern‘ = Via deep-water corals and mud volcanoes into the Arctic deep sea – ’Victor 6000’ onboard the RV ’Polarstern’ / Michael Klages, Thomas Soltwedel Nahrungsnetze – Das Helgoland Foodweb Projekt = The Helgoland Foodweb Project / Karen Wiltshire, Maarten Boersma, Gunnar Gerdts, Reibhard Saborowski, Antje Wichels Faunenveränderung bei Helgoland = Changes in the faunal composition at Helgoland / Heinz-Dieter Franke, Lars Gutow Der antarktische Krill, ein Schlüsselorganismus im Südozean = The Antarctic krill, a key organism in the Southern Ocean / Bettina Meyer Ein Engel mit außergewöhnlicher Lipidbiochemie = An angel with exceptional lipid biochemistry / Marco Böer, Martin Graeve, Gerhard Kattner 3. Forschung = Research 3.1 Klimasystem = 3.1 Climate system 3.2 Pelagische Ökosysteme = 3.2 Pelagic ecosystems 3.3 Benthische Ökosysteme = 3.3 Benthic ecosystems 3.4 Geosysteme = 3.4 Geosystem 3.5 Projektgruppen = 3.5 Project groups 4. Logistik und Expeditionen = Logistics and operational activities 5. Nationale und internationale Zusammenarbeit = National and international cooperation 6. Informationszentrum = Information centre 7. Presse- und Öffentlichkeitsarbeit = Public relation department 8. Personelle Situation und Haushaltsentwicklung = Personal structure and budget trends 9. Veröffentlichungen, Patente = Publications, patents Anhang = Annex I. Wissenschaftliche Veranstaltungen = I. Scientific events II. Abgeschlossene Examensarbeiten = II. Completed theses and dissertations , In deutscher und englischer Sprache
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 72
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Köln : Inst. für Geophysik und Meteorologie
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: ZSP-560-157
    In: Mitteilungen aus dem Institut für Geophysik und Meteorologie der Universität zu Köln
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: VIII, 130 S.
    ISSN: 0069-5882
    Serie: Mitteilungen aus dem Institut für Geophysik und Meteorologie der Universität zu Köln 157
    Sprache: Englisch
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 73
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Köln : Inst. für Geophysik und Meteorologie
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: ZSP-560-155
    In: Mitteilungen aus dem Institut für Geophysik und Meteorologie der Universität zu Köln
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: IV, 124 S. + CD-ROM
    ISSN: 0069-5882
    Serie: Mitteilungen aus dem Institut für Geophysik und Meteorologie der Universität zu Köln 155
    Sprache: Englisch
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 74
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Bonn : Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: AWI S6-04-0084-1
    In: Jahresbericht 2003
    In: Jahresbericht
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 299 S.
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 75
    Signatur: AWI A13-05-0016
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Finally, the generalized model is scrutinized in terms of its normal, adjoint, optimal and singular modes. It is found that the modes of the empirically modified model are more stable than the ones of the barotropic model. Also the modified barotropic optimal modes are more difficult to excite than their barotropic counterparts. These results are in accordance with previous studies that found that barotropic dynamics may not quantitatively describe LFV. The singular modes of the modified operator have very similar patterns but explain less variance than the barotropic ones. This is consistent with the difficulty in detecting optimal patterns in observations. Finally, we find that the modified barotropic operator is more normal than the classic barotropic one, and thus less variable.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XII, 119 S. , Ill.
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Urbana, Ill., USA, Univ., Diss., 2003
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 76
    Signatur: AWI A18-06-0004
    In: Workshop proceedings / European Centre for Medium Range Weather Forecasts
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XVII, 234 S.
    Serie: Workshop proceedings / European Centre for Medium Range Weather Forecasts
    Sprache: Englisch
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 77
    Zeitschrift ausleihbar
    Zeitschrift ausleihbar
    Chichester : Wiley
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: AWI G3-05-0083
    In: Permafrost and periglacial processes
    Materialart: Zeitschrift ausleihbar
    Serie: Permafrost and periglacial processes : special issue 14, 2
    Sprache: Englisch
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 78
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Ambleside : Freshwater Biological Assoc.
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: AWI Bio-05-0077
    In: Special publication / Freshwater Biological Association, 12
    In: Soil Biodiversity Programme research report, No. 4
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 40 S.
    ISBN: 090038669X
    Serie: Special publication / Freshwater Biological Association 12
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: Introduction. - Testate amoebae. - Reproduction. - Locomotion and food capture. - Food. - Habitat. - Importance and role of testates in soil. - A note on the use of the identification guide. - References and selected bibliography. - Acknowledgements. - List of Testate amoebae species and numbers (1 to 90) used in the illustrated identification guide. - Illustrated guide to Testate Amoebae. - Index to Genera and Species.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 79
    Signatur: ZSP-553-18
    In: Meddelelser om Grønland
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 24 S.
    ISBN: 8717055644
    ISSN: 0106-1046
    Serie: Meddelelser om Grønland : Geoscience 18
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 80
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Koebenhavn : Grønlands Geol. Undersøgelse
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: ZSP-683-134
    In: Rapport = Report
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Table of Contents: U-Pb and Rb-Sr age determinations on Caledonian plutonic rocks in the central part of the Scoresby Sund region, East Greenland / B. T. Hansen, R. H. Steiger & N. Henriksen. - Archaean U-Pb zircon ages form the Soresby Sund region, East Greenland / K. Higgins & B. Borchardt. - Isotopic age dating in Liverpool Land, East Greenland / B. T. Hansen & J. D. Friderichsen. - Rb-Sr and K-AR Caledonian ages from the Upper Eleonore Bay Group and Cambrian metasediments of the East Greenland Caledonian fold belt / M. G. Bonhomme & R. Caby
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 51 S. : graph. Darst., Kt.
    Serie: The Geological Survey of Greenland : Report 134
    Sprache: Englisch
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 81
    Signatur: ZSP-553-19
    In: Meddelelser om Grønland
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 52 S. : Ill., graph. Darst
    ISBN: 8717055628
    ISSN: 0106-1046
    Serie: Meddelelser om Grønland : Geoscience 19
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 82
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Kingston : Antarctic Division
    Signatur: AWI P3-89-0313
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 140 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: third edition
    ISBN: 0642117837
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents INTRODUCTION ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 1. GOING OUT? requirements to be met, minimum equipment, field trips 2. STATIONS AND BASES Macquarie Island, Commonwealth Bay, Casey, Edgeworth David, Davis, Law, Mawson, Heard Island 3. TRAVEL IN ANTARCTICA blizzards, whiteout, revasses, sea ice hazards and emergency 4. LIGHT-WEIGHT TRAVEL IN ANTARCTICA walking, skiing, manhauling, dog sledging 5. MOTORISED TOBOGGANS operation, sledges 6. HEAVY VEHICLE TRAVEL IN ANTARCTICA planning, train methods, navigating, extracting crevassed vehicles, Hagglunds on sea ice 7. AIRCRAFT TRAVEL safety, loading, flying, ground-to-air signals, marshalling, forced landings 8. SMALL BOAT TRAVEL safety, minimum equipment, emergency action 9. CLOTHING AND FIELD EQUIPMENT wearing clothing properly, knot tying, slings, harnesses, karabiners, jumars, anchors, ice axes, crampons, packs, sleeping gear 10. SNOW AND ICE TECHNIQUES step-cutting, descending, self-arresting, roping up for climbing, belays, abseiling, roping up for glacier travel, extraction from crevasses, rescue stretcher use 10. SHELTER tent erection, Apple huts, primus, tilley lamp, emergency shelters, bivouac for a lone person 12. FIELD RATIONS packs, cooking, emergency food 13. NAVIGATION maps, magnetic compass, magnetic variation, bearings, locating south at night, locating north, vehicle compass, trail marking 14. RADIO COMMUNICATIONS VHF channels, VHF repeater, VHF hand-helds and repairs, vehicle VHF, HF frequencies, HF radios, HF antennae, EPIRBs, PIRBs, Radio Box, Selcal, callsigns, schedules, Morse, to ships and aircraft, distress and urgency calls 15. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES AND SEARCH AND RESCUE priorities, lost individual, lost party, searchmasters, SAR phases, search techniques, location by dipole aerial, radio failure on Macquarie Island 16. ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION Antarctic Treaty and acts, SPAs, SSSis, offences, Heard and McDonald Islands, Macquarie Island, Southern Ocean APPENDIX I. Field camp equipment list APPENDIX II. Distances, weights and volumes
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 83
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: ZSP-558-24 ; MOP 46209 / Mitte
    In: Middle atmosphere program
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 97 S.
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Standort: MOP - Bitte bestellen
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 84
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Leipzig : Deutscher Verlag für Grundstoffindustrie
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: SR 99.0015(409) ; ZSP-292-409
    In: Freiberger Forschungshefte, 409
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 54 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 3-342-00920-9
    ISSN: 0071-9409
    Serie: Freiberger Forschungshefte : C 409 : Geowissenschaften - Geologie
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhaltsverzeichnis Annotation (Annotation, Annotacija) 1. Einführung 1.1. Politische Grundlagen 1.2. Rohstoffspekulationen 2. Grundzüge der Tektonik und Mineragenie der Antarktis 2.1. Geotektonische Epochen 2.2. Tektonisch-minerogenetische Rayonierung 3. Vorkommen fester mineralischer Rohstoffe 3.1. Metallische Rohstoffe 3.1.1. Schwarzmetalle 3.1.1.1. Eisen 3.1.1.2. Mangan 3.1.1.3. Chrom, Nickel, Kobalt, Vanadium, Titan 3.1.1.4. Molybdän, Wolfram 3.1.2. Buntmetalle 3.1.2.1. Kupfer 3.1.2.2. Blei, Zink 3.1.2.3. Zinn 3.1.3. Edelmetalle (Silber, Gold, Platin) 3.1.4. Sonstige Metalle 3.2. Nichtmetallische Rohstoffe 3.2.1. Edel- und Schmucksteine 3.2.2. Glimmer 3.2.3. Feuerfestminerale 3.2.4. Phosphat 3.2.5. Fluorit, Baryt 3.2.6. Graphit. 3.2.7. Schwefel 4. Kohlenvorkommen 5. Kohlenwasserstoff-Vorkommen 6. Geothermische Energie 7. Süßwasser(Eis)-Vorräte 8. Schlußfolgerungen 9. Danksagung . 10. Zusammenfassung (Summary, Rezjume) Literaturverzeichnis Tabellen 1 bis 8
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Standort: AWI Archiv
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 85
    Signatur: SR 99.0015(412) ; ZSP-292-412
    In: Freiberger Forschungshefte, 412
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 68 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 3-342-00923-3
    ISSN: 0071-9409
    Serie: Freiberger Forschungshefte : C 412 : Geowissenschaften, Geologie
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Beitrag zur Geologie der Hutton Mountains und der Guettard Range (Palmer Land, Antarktische Halbinsel) : Teilnahme an der 29. Sowjetischen Antarktisexpedition 1984 ; vorläufige Mitteilung / Wolfgang Weber, Karin Rank
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Standort: AWI Archiv
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 86
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Leipzig : VEB Deutscher Verlag für Grundstoffindustrie
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: SR 99.0015(418) ; ZSP-292-418
    In: Freiberger Forschungshefte, 418
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 75 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Ausgabe: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 3-342-00930-6
    ISSN: 0071-9409
    Serie: Freiberger Forschungshefte : C 418 : Geowissenschaften - Geologie
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhaltsverzeichnis Annotation (Annotation, Annotacija) 1. Einleitung 2. Tektonische Rayonierung Antarktikas 2. I. Der Ostantarktische Kraton (1) 2.1.1. Zentraler Geoblock (1.1.) 2.1.1.1. Enderby Land-Block (1.1.1) 2.1.1.2. Dronning Maud Land-Block (1.1.2) 2.1.1.3. Prince Charles Mountains-Block (1.1.3) 2. 1.2. Östlicher Geoblock (1.2) 2.1.2.1. Vestfold Block (1.2.1) 2.1.2.2. Wilkes Land-Block (1.2.2) 2. 1.2.3. Victoria Land-Block (1.2.3) 2.1.3. Westlicher Geoblock (1.3) 2.1.3.1. Maudheim-Block (1.3.1) 2.1.3.2. Shekleton Range-Block (1.3.2) 2.1.3.3. Thiel Mountains-Block (1.3.3) 2.2. Die jungproterozoisch-altpaläozoische Mobilzone der Transantarctic Mountains (2) 2.2.1. Südlicher Block (2.1) 2.2.2. Nördlicher Block (2.2) 2.2.3. Admirality Mountains-Block (2.3) 2.3. Die jungproterozoisch-paläozoische Mobilzonen der Pensacola und Ellsworth Mountains (3) 2.3.1. Pensacola Mountains-Block (3.1) 2.3.2. Ellsworth Mountains-Block (3.2) 2.4. Die paläozoisch-mesozoische Mobilzone Westantarktikas (4) 2.4.1. Marie Byrd Land-Block (4.1) 2.4.2. Thurston Island/Eights Coast-Block ( 4.2) 2.4.3. Antarctic Peninsula-Block (4.3) 2.5. Die jungen Sedimentbecken der Westantarktis (5) 2.5.1. Weddell Sea-Becken (5.1) 2.5.2. Byrd-Senke (5.2) 2.5.3. Ross Sea-Becken (5.3) 3. Minerogenetische Entwicklung Antarktikas 3. I. Archaische minerogenetische Hauptepoche ( 〉 2,6 Ga) 3.2. Proterozoische minerogenetische Hauptepoche (ca. 2,6 bisca. 0,8 Ga) 3.2.1. Unterproterozoische minerogenetische Epoche (ca. 2,6 bis ca. 2,0 Ga) 3.2.2. Mittel- bis oberproterozoische minerogenetische Epoche (ca. 2,0 bis ca. 0,8 Ga) 3.3. Spätriphäisch-phanerozoische minerogenetische Hauptepoche ( 〈0,8 Ga) 3.3.1. Spätriphäisch-altpaläozoische minerogenetische Epoche (ca. 0,8 Ga bis ca. 450 Mal 3.3.2. Paläozoisch-frühmesozoische minerogenetische Epoche (ca. 450 Ma bis ca. 150 M;l) 3.3.3. Mesozoisch-känozoische minerogenetische Epoche (ab. ca. 190 Ma) 4. Minerogenetische Einheiten Antarktikas 4.1. Archaische minerogenetische Einheiten 4.1.1. Archaische hochmetamorphe Areale 4.1.2. Archaische Grünstein-Granit-Gürtel 4.2. Proterozoische minerogenetische Provinzen . 4.2.1. Tafeldeckgebirgskomplexe 4.2.2. Aktivierte Grundgebirgseinheiten 4.2.3. Intrakontinentale mobile Gürtel 4.3. Riphäisch-phanerozoische minerogenetische Einheiten 4.3.1. Tafeldeckgebirgs-Provinzen 4.3.2. Aktivierte Grundgebirgseinheiten 4.3.2.1. Provinzen spätriphäisch-altpaläozoischer Aktivierung 4.3.2.2. Provinzen mesozoischer Aktivierung 4.3.2.3. Provinzen känozoischer Aktivierung 4.3.3. Intrakontinentale Tröge und Senken 4.3.3.1. Spätriphäisch-altpaläozoische Tröge 4.3.3.2. Intrakontinentales Ellsworth-Orogen 4.3.3.3. Tafelsenken des Victoria und des Wilkes Lands 4.3.3.4. Minerogenetische Provinzen junger Rift- und Spaltenzonen 4.3.3.4.1. Transantarktische Riftzone 4.3.3.4.2. Lambert Glacier-Riftzone des paläozoischemesozoischen Plattenrandes 4.3.3.4.3. Brainsfield-Riftzone 4.3.4. Passive Plattenränder 4.3.5. Aktive Plattenränder 4.3.5.1. Minerogenetische Provinzen des spätriphäisch-frühpaläozoischen Plattenrandes 4.3.5.2. Minerogenetische Provinzen des mittelpaläozoischen Plattenrandes 4.3.5.3. Minerogenetische Provinzen des paläozoisch-mesozoischen Plattenrandes 4.3.5.4. Minerogenetische Provinzen des meso-känozoischen Plattenrandes 5.Zusammenfassung. Abstract, Rezjume Literaturverzeichnis
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Standort: AWI Archiv
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 87
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Hannover : Schweizerbart
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: SR 90.0068(40) ; ZSP-320(E,40)
    In: Geologisches Jahrbuch
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 7 S. + 1 Kt.-Beil.
    Serie: Geologisches Jahrbuch : Reihe E 40
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 88
    Signatur: SR 90.0068(39) ; SR 90.0068(39) 2 Ex. ; ZSP-320(E,39)
    In: Geologisches Jahrbuch
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 252 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Serie: Geologisches Jahrbuch : Reihe E 39
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 89
    Signatur: SR 90.0916(61) ; AWI G6-18-42972
    In: Sonderveröffentlichungen des Instituts der Universität Köln, Nr. 61
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 105, 13 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Serie: Sonderveröffentlichungen / Geologisches Institut der Universität zu Köln 61
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Zugl.: Köln, Univ., Diss., 1986 , Inhaltsverzeichnis: Abstract, Kurzfassung. - 1. Untersuchungsraum. - 2. Lage der Profile. - 3. Methoden. - 4. Forschungsgeschichte. - 5. Die Schichtenfolge im Helikon-Gebirge. - 6, Die Domvrena-Schichten. - 7. Perdikovouno-Schichten. - 7.1 Profil am Anadematisma. - 7.2 Profil am Perdikovouno. - 7.3 Profil am Korombili. - 7.4 Stratigraphie der Perdikovouno-Schichten. - 7.5 Ablagerungsraum der Perdikovouno-Schichten. - 7.6 Isotopenverhältnisse. - 7.6.1 Profil am Anadematisma. - 7.6.2 Profil am Perdikovouno. - 7.6.3 Profil am Korombili. - 7.7 Diskussion. - 8. Diakopi-Schichten. - 8.1 Profil am Diakopi. - 8.2 Profil am Süßwasserkanal bei Domvrena. - 8.3 Profil am Steinbruch von Domvrena. - 8.4 Stratigraphie der Diakopi-Schichten. - 8.5 Ablagerungsraum der Diakopi-Schichten. - 8.6 Isotopenverhältnisse. - 8.6.1 Profil am Diakopi. - 8.6.2 Profil am Süßwasserkanal bei Domvrena. - 8.6.3 Profil am Steinbruch von Domvrena. - 8.7 Diskussion. - 9. Vounalakia-Schichten. - 9.1 Profil am Vounalakia. - 9.2 Profil an der Tomatenfabrik. - 9.3 Stratigraphie der Vounalakia-Schichten. - 9.4 Ablagerungsraum der Vounalakia-Schichten. - 9.5 Isotopenverhältnisse. - 9.6 Diskussion. - 10. Makariotissa-Schichten 10.1 Profil am Süßwasserkanal bei Domvrena. - 10.2 Profil bei Makariotissa. - 10.3 Radiolarien aus dem Profil von Makariotissa. - 10.4 Profil an der Sphinx. - 10.5 Stratigraphie der Makariotissa-Schichten. - 10.6 Ablagerungsraum der Makariotissa Schichten. - 10.7 Isotopenverhältnisse. - 10.7.1 Profil am Süßwasserkanal bei Domvrena. - 10.7.2 Profil bei Makariotissa. - 10.7.3 Kalksteine mit Kieselknollen. - 10.7.4 Profil an der Sphinx. - 10.8 Diskussion. - 11. Zusammenfassung der Ergebnisse. - 11.1 Profilaufbau. - 11.2 Isotopenkurven. - 11.3 Isotopenverhältnisse. - 12. Fossilienliste. - 13. Isotopendaten. - 14. Literatur. - Danksagung. , Zsfassung in engl. Sprache
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 90
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: SR 99.0054(66) ; ZSP-320(B,66)
    In: German Antarctic North Victoria Land Expedition 1982/83
    In: Geologisches Jahrbuch
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 321 S. + 2 Kt.-Beil.
    Serie: 66
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 91
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Hannover : Schweizerbart
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: SR 90.0068(37) ; SR 90.0068(37) 2. Ex. ; ZSP-320(E,37)
    In: Geologisches Jahrbuch
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 54 S.
    Serie: Geologisches Jahrbuch : Reihe E 37
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 92
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Berlin : Nationalkomitee für Geodäsie und Geophysik bei der Akademie der Wissenschaften der DDR
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: Q 2453(II,28) ; MOP Per 581(2/28) ; ZSP-319/B-28
    In: Geodätische und geophysikalische Veröffentlichungen : Reihe 2, Solarterrestrische Beziehungen und Physik der Atmosphäre, Heft 28
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 136 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Serie: Geodätische und geophysikalische Veröffentlichungen : Reihe 2, Solarterrestrische Beziehungen und Physik der Atmosphäre 28
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Content: Improvement of the coulometric measurement of ozone in the near-ground layer of the atmosphere / W. Warmbt. - Some experimental data on the variability of the ozone density at different level of the lowest atmosphere / A. G. Amiranashvili ; T. G. Gzirishvili ; A. I. Kartsivadse ; A. M. Okudjava ; D. F. Kharchilava ; K. H. Grasnick. - Report on the intercomparison of instruments measuring ozone near the ground at the Hohenpeissenberg Observatory / W. Warmbt. - Some results of ozone-sonde ascents in the CSSR / J. Picha. - A system of monitoring the observation and calibration qualities of Dobson spectrophotometerswithin the Regional Association VI / P. Plessing. - Vertical ozone distribution over Lindenberg (52.22°N, 14.12°E), 1975 - 1982 / U. Feister ; P. Plessing ; K. H. Grasnick. - Correlations of the total ozone with thermal and dynamic processes in the atmosphere / M. Frimescu ; L. Manea. - Numerical simulation of seasonal-latitudinal and 11-year variations in ozonosphere composition based on the two-dimensional photochemical model / I. G. Dyominov ; A. M. Zadorozhny. - Ozone content variation over central Europe and stratospheric dynamics in late winter / G. Entzian ; K. H. Grasnick. - Long-term ozone variation / G. Entzian ; K. H. Grasnick.
    Standort: MOP - Bitte bestellen
    Standort: AWI Archiv
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 93
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Wien [u.a.] : Springer
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: G 8407/3 ; 14334/1 ; 14334/2 ; AWI G8-92-0398
    In: Angewandte Geophysik
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 420 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 3211817999
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Einführung / Dr. rer nat. habil. Heinz Militzer. - 2. Theorie seismischer Wellen / Dr. rer. nat. habil. Rolf Rösler. - 2.1. Allgemeine Grundlagen. - 2.1.1. Definition seismischer Wellen. - 2.1.2. Deformationen im elastischen Medium. - 2.1.3. Elastische Spannungen in festen Körpern. - 2.2. Stoffgesetze als Verknüpfung von Spannungen und Deformationen. - 2.2.1. Ideale Elastizität. - 2.2.2. Anelastizität. - 2.3. Die Wellengleichung und einige wichtige Lösungen im unbegrenzten Raum. - 2.3.1. Isotropes Material. - 2.3.1.1. Kompressions-(P-) und Scherungs-(S-) Wellen. - 2.3.1.2. Ebene Wellen. - 2.3.1.3. Kugelwellen. - 2.3.1.4. Zylinderwellen. - 2.3.2. Anisotropes Material. - 2.3.3. Seismische Wellen im anelastischen Material. - 2.4. Das Wellenfeld im geschichteten Raum. - 2.4.1. Stetigkeitsbedingungen an Diskontinuitätsflächen. - 2.4.2. Reflexion und Brechung ebener Wellen an Diskontinuitätsflächen. - 2.4.2.1. Die einfallende Welle ist eine SH-Welle. - 2.4.2.2. Die einfallende Welle ist eine P-Welle. - 2.4.2.3. Die einfallende Welle ist eine SV-Welle. - 2.4.3. Oberflächen- und Grenzschichtwellen. - 2.4.3.1. RAYLEIGH-Wellen. - 2.4.3.2. LOVE-Wellen. - 2.4.3.3. Kanal- oder Flözwellen. - 2.5. Die Berechnung reflexionsseismischer Wellenfelder. - 2.5.1. Methode der Integralgleichungen. - 2.5.1.1. Die KIRCHHOFFsche Formel. - 2.5.1.2. Die Anwendung der KIRCHHOFFschen Formel auf Diffraktionswellen. - 2.5.2. Methoden der endlichen Differenzen. - 3. Petrophysikalische Grundlagen / Dr. rer. nat. habil. Heinz Militzer. - 3.1. Ausbreitungsgeschwindigkeit. - 3.1.1. Allgemeine Grundlagen. - 3.1.2. Geschwindigkeitsbestimmungen unter Laborbedingungen. - 3.1.3. Einige Ergebnisse von Geschwindigkeitsbestimmungen an Gesteinsproben. - 3.2. Absorption. - 3.2.1. Allgemeine Grundlagen. - 3.2.2. Bestimmung des Absorptionskoeffizienten unter Laborbedingungen. - 3.2.3. Einige Ergebnisse der Bestimmung von Absorptionskoeffizienten an Gesteinsproben. - 3.3. Schallhärte. - 3.3.1. Allgemeine Grundlagen. - 3.3.2. Einige Daten zur Schallhärte. - 4. Apparativ-methodische Grundlagen / Dr. rer. nat Bernhard Forkmann ; Tit. ao. Prof. Dipl. Ing. Dr. mont. Rupert Schmöller. - 4.1. Anregung seismischer Wellen. - 4.1.1. Übersicht. - 4.1.2. Impulsanregung. - 4.1.3. Vibrationsanregung. - 4.1.4. Richtstrahlcharakteristik. - 4.2. Aufnahme seismischer Wellen. - 4.2.1. Übersicht. - 4.2.2. Geophone. - 4.2.3. Hydrophone. - 4.2.4. Bündelung. - 4.3. Registrierapparaturen. - 4.3.1. Übersicht. - 4.3.2. Analogapparaturen. - 4.3.3. Digitalapparaturen. - 4.3.4. Zusatz- und Spezialgeräte. - 4.3.4.1. Telemetriesysteme. - 4.3.4.2. Signalgenerator für Vibratorsteuerung. - 4.3.4.3. Korrelator/Summator. - 4.3.4.4. Stapelapparatur für Ingenieurseismik. - 5. Methodik seismischer Erkundungsarbeiten / Tit. ao. Prof. Dipl. Ing. Dr. mont. Rupert Schmöller. - 5.1. Projektierung. - 5.2. Feldmethodik der Reflexionsseismik. - 5.2.1. Trupporganisation. - 5.2.2. Methodik der Feldarbeiten. - 5.2.2.1. Energieanregung. - 5.2.2.2. Beobachtungsschemata. - 5.2.2.3. Besonderheiten der Scherwellenseismik. - 5.2.2.3.1. Scherwellenerzeugung. - 5.2.2.3.2. Aufnahmetechnik in der Scherwellenseismik. - 5.2.2.4. Besonderheiten der 3D-Seismik. - 5.2.2.5. Hilfsprozesse. - 5.2.2.5.1. Störwellenanalyse. - 5.2.2.5.2. Aufzeitschießen. - 5.2.2.5.3. Refraktionsseismische Kurzaufstellungen. - 5.2.2.6. Datenkontrolle und -aufbereitung. - 5.3. Besonderheiten der Seeseismik. - 5.3.1. Organisation. - 5.3.2. Meßtechnik auf See. - 5.3.3. Positionsbestimmung auf See. - 5:3.3.1. Radio-Navigation. - 5.3.3.2. Satelliten-Navigation. - 5.3.3.3. Andere Navigationssysteme. - 5.3.4. Flachwasserseismik. - 5.4. Feldmethodik der Refraktionsseismik. - 6. Geschwindigkeitsbestimmung / Dr. rer. nat. Bernhard Forkmann. - 6.1. Modellbetrachtungen. - 6.2. Geschwindigkeitsdefinitionen. - 6.3. Geschwindigkeitsbestimmung aus seismischen Messungen in Bohrungen. - 6.4. Geschwindigkeitsbestimmung aus reflexionsseismischen Messungen. - 6.5. Geschwindigkeitsbestimmung aus refraktionsseismischen Messungen. - 6.6. Gesehwindigkeitsansatz. - 7. Grundlagen der Analyse seismischer Signale / Dr. rer. nat. Bernhard Forkmann ; Dr. rer. nat. habil. Rolf Rösler. - 7.1. Systemtheoretische Betrachtungen zur Entstehung des Seismogramms. - 7.1.1. Lineare Systeme. - 7.1.2. Übertragungsfunktion und Impulsantwort. - 7.1.3. Physikalisch realisierbare Systeme. - 7.2. Das digitalisierte Seismogramm als diskrete (getastete) Funktion. - 7.2.1. Die Abtastung. - 7.2.1.1. Das Abjast-Theorem. - 7.2.1.2. Der Aliasing-Effekt. - 7.2.1.3. Die Signalrekonstruktion. - 7.2.2. Die Übertragungsfunktion diskreter Systeme. - 7.2.3. Die Z-Transformation. - 7.2.4. Das Signalkonzept. - 7.2.4.1. Die Definition des digitalen Wavelets. - 7.2.4.2. Das seismische Modellsignal. - 7.2.5. Das synthetische Seismogramm. - 7.3. Digitale Filter. - 7.3.1. Der Zusammenhang mit analogen Frequenzfiltern. - 7.3.2. Die Darstellung digitaler Frequenzfilter. - 7.3.2.1. Die Umwandlung von analogen in digitale Frequenzfilter. - 7.3.2.2. Digitale Nullphasenfilter. - 7.3.3. Geschwindigkeitsfilter. - 7.4. Das Seismogramm als stationäre Wertereihe. - 7.4.1. Das Impulsseismogramm als Zufallsprozeß. - 7.4.2. Stationarität und Ergodizität. - 7.4.3. Die Auto- und Kreuzkorrelationsfunktion. - 7.4.4. Die Dekonvolution. - 7.4.4.1. Optimalfilter nach WIENER. - 7.4.4.2. Vorhersage-Filterung. - 7.4.4.3. Homomorphe Dekonvolution. - 8. . Bearbeitung reflexionsseismischer Daten / Tit. ao. Prof. Dipl. Ing. Dr. mont. Rupert Schmöller. - 8.1. Stellung der Bearbeitung im Gesamtprozeß. - 8.2. Zielstellung der seismischen Datenbearbeitung. - 8.3. Methoden der seismischen Datenbearbeitung. - 8.4. Darstellungsmöglichkeiten der seismischen Informationen. - 8.4.1. Profildarstellungen. - 8.4.2. Flächendarstellungen. - 8.4.3. Andere Darstellungen. - 8.5. Rechentechnik. - 8.6. Technologie der Datenbearbeitung. - 8.7. Standardmäßige Datenbearbeitungsprozesse. - 8.7.1. Vorbereitungsphase. - 8.7.2. Amplitudenausgleich. - 8.7.3. Statische Korrekturen und automatische statische Restkorrekturen. - 8.7.4. Dynamische Korrektur. - 8.7.5. Unterdrückung von Erst- und Refraktionseinsätzen. - 8.7.6. Die CMP-Stapelung. - 8.7.7. Frequenzfilterung. - 8.7.8. Inverse Filterung. - 8.8. Weiterführende Bearbeitungen. - 8.8.1. Seismische Migration. - 8.8.1.1. Horizontalmigration. - 8.8.1.2. Wellenfrontmigration und Diffraktionsstapeln. - 8.8.1.3. Migration als Lösung der Wellengleichung. - 8.8.1.4. Tiefenmigration. - 8.8.1.5. 3D-Migration. - 8.8.2. Geschwindigkeitsfilter. - 8.8.3. Waveletprocessing. - 9. Auswertung und Darstellung seismischer Daten / Dr. phil. Franz Weber. - 9.1. Geometrie der Wellenwege und zugehörige Laufzeitkurven (Reflexionsseismik). - 9.1.1. Reflexion an einer Schichtgrenze. - 9.1.2. Horizontaler n-Schichtfall. - 9.1.3. Dreidimensionaler Fall. - 9.1.3.1. Schußpunkt liegt im Profil. - 9.1.3.2. Schußpunkt liegt außerhalb des Profils. - 9.2. Einige einfache Anwendungen bei der Tiefendarstellung von Reflexionen. - 9.2.1. Tangentenmethode. - 9.2.2. Spiegelpunktmethode. - 9.3. Gradientmedien. - 9.3.1. Problemstellung. - 9.3.2. Allgemeine Beziehungen. - 9.3.3. Lineare Geschwindigkeitszunahme mit der Tiefe. - 9.3.4. Wellenfrontkarten. - 9.4. Beugungswellen. - 9.5. Mehrfachreflexionen (multiple Reflexionen). - 9.5.1. Multiple mit langem Weg. - 9.5.2. Mehrfachreflexionen mit kurzem Wellenweg. - 9.5.3. Abschwächung und Eliminierung von Mehrfachreflexionen. - 9.6. Spezielle Lagerungsformen. - 9.6.1. Gekrümmte Reflektoren. - 9.6.2. Antiklinale. - 9.6.3. Synklinale. - 9.6.4. Brüche. - 9.7. Geologische Modellierung reflexionsseismischer Ergebnisse. - 9.7.1. Kriterien für das Erkennen von Reflexionen. - 9.7.2. Kontrolle des Datenmaterials. - 9.7.3. Zeit- und Tiefenprofile. - 9.7.4. Kartend
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin oben
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin oben
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin oben
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin oben
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 94
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    New York [u.a.] : Springer
    Signatur: M 93.0653 ; AWI A6-92-0220
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: xiv, 710 S.
    Ausgabe: 2. ed., corr. 2. printing
    ISBN: 038796388X
    Klassifikation:
    Geodynamik
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: 1 Preliminaries. - 1.1 Geophysical Fluid Dynamics. - 1.2 The Rossby Number. - 1.3 Density Stratification. - 1.4 The Equations of Motion in a Nonrotating Coordinate Frame. - 1.5 Rotating Coordinate Frames. - 1.6 Equations of Motion in a Rotating Coordinate Frame. - 1.7 Coriolis Acceleration and the Rossby Number. - 2 Fundamentals. - 2.1 Vorticity. - 2.2 The Circulation. - 2.3 Kelvin's Theorem. - 2.4 The Vorticity Equation. - 2.5 Potential Vorticity. - 2.6 The Thermal Wind. - 2.7 The Taylor-Proudman Theorem. - 2.8 Geostrophic Motion. - 2.9 Consequences of the Geostrophic and Hydrostatic Approximations. - 2.10 Geostrophic Degeneracy. - 3 lnviscid Shallow-Water Theory. - 3.1 Introduction. - 3.2 The Shallow-Water Model. - 3.3 The Shallow-Water Equations. - 3.4 Potential-Vorticity Conservation: Shallow-Water Theory. - 3.5 Integral Constraints. - 3.6 Small-Amplitude Motions. - 3.7 Linearized Geostrophic Motion. - 3.8 Plane Waves in a Layer of Constant Depth. - 3.9 Poincare and Kelvin Waves. - 3.10 The Rossby Wave. - 3.11 Dynamic Diagnosis of the Rossby Wave. - 3.12 Quasigeostrophic Scaling in Shallow-Water Theory. - 3.13 Steady Quasigeostrophic Motion. - 3.14 Inertial Boundary Currents. - 3.15 Quasigeostrophic Rossby Waves. - 3.16 The Mechanism for the Rossby Wave. - 3.17 The Beta-Plane. - 3.18 Rossby Waves in a Zonal Current. - 3.19 Group Velocity. - 3.20 The Method of Multiple Time Scales. - 3.21 Energy and Energy Flux in Rossby Waves. - 3.22 The Energy Propagation Diagram. - 3.23 Reflection and the Radiation Condition. - 3.24 Rossby Waves Produced by an Initial Disturbance. - 3.25 Quasigeostrophic Normal Modes in Closed Basins. - 3.26 Resonant Interactions. - 3.27 Energy and Enstrophy. - 3.28 Geostrophic Turbulence. - Appendix to Chapter 3. - 4 Friction and Viscous Flow. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Turbulent Reynolds Stresses. - 4.3 The Ekman Layer. - 4.4 The Nature of Nearly Frictionless Flow. - 4.5 Boundary-Layer Theory. - 4.6 Quasigeostrophic Dynamics in the Presence of Friction. - 4.7 Spin-Down. - 4.8 Steady Motion. - 4.9 Ekman Layer on a Sloping Surface. - 4.10 Ekman Layer on a Free Surface. - 4.11 Quasigeostrophic Potential Vorticity Equation with Friction and Topography. - 4.12 The Decay of a Rossby Wave. - 4.13 Side-Wall Friction Layers. - 4.14 The Dissipation of Ens trophy in Geostrophic Turbulence. - 5 Homogeneous Models of the Wind-Driven Oceanic Circulation. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 The Homogeneous Model. - 5.3 The Sverdrup Relation. - 5.4 Meridional Boundary Layers: the Munk Layer. - 5.5 Stommel's Model: Bottom Friction Layer. - 5.6 Inertial Boundary-Layer Theory. - 5.7 Inertial Currents in the Presence of Friction. - 5.8 Rossby Waves and the Westward Intensification of the Oceanic Circulation. - 5.9 Dissipation Integrals for Steady Circulations. - 5.10 Free Inertial Modes. - 5.11 Numerical Experiments. - 5.12 Ekman Upwelling Circulations. - 5.13 The Effect of Bottom Topography. - 5.14 Concluding Remarks on the Homogeneous Model. - 6 Quasigeostrophic Motion of a Stratified Fluid on a Sphere. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 The Equations of Motion in Spherical Coordinates: Scaling. - 6.3 Geostrophic Approximation: ε = O(L/r0 ) ≪ 1. - 6.4 The Concept of Static Stability. - 6.5 Quasigeostrophic Potential-Vorticity Equation for Atmospheric Synoptic Scales. - 6.6 The Ekman Layer in a Stratified Fluid. - 6.7 Boundary Conditions for the Potential-Vorticity Equation: the Atmosphere. - 6.8 Quasigeostrophic Potential-Vorticity Equation for Oceanic Synoptic Scales. - 6.9 Boundary Conditions for the Potential-Vorticity Equation: the Oceans. - 6.10 Geostrophic Energy Equation and Available Potential Energy. - 6.11 Rossby Waves in a Stratified Fluid. - 6.12 Rossby-Wave Normal Modes: the Vertical Structure Equation. - 6.13 Forced Stationary Waves in the Atmosphere. - 6.14 Wave-Zonal Flow Interactions. - 6.15 Topographic Waves in a Stratified Ocean. - 6.16 Layer Models. - 6.17 Rossby Waves in the Two-Layer Model. - 6.18 The Relationship of the Layer Models to the "Level" Models. - 6.19 Geostrophic Approximation ε ≪ L/r0 〈 1; the Sverdrup Relation. - 6.20 Geostrophic Approximation ε ≪ 1, L/r0 = O(1). - 6.21 The Thermocline Problem. - 6.22 Layer Models of the Thermocline. - 6.23 Flow in Unventilated Layers: Potential Vorticity Homogenization. - 6.24 Quasigeostrophic Approximation: an Alternative Derivation. - 7 Instability Theory. - 7.1 Introduction. - 7.2 Formulation of the Instability Problem: the Continuously Stratified Model. - 7.3 The Linear Stability Problem: Conditions for Instability. - 7.4 Normal Modes. - 7.5 Bounds on the Phase Speed and Growth Rate. - 7.6 Baroclinic Instability: the Basic Mechanism. - 7.7 Eady's Model. - 7.8 Charney's Model and Critical Layers. - 7.9 Instability in the Two-Layer Model: Formulation. - 7.10 Normal Modes in the Two-Layer Model: Necessary Conditions for Instability. - 7.11 Baroclinic Instability in the Two-Layer Model: Phillips' Model. - 7.12 Effects of Friction. - 7.13 Baroclinic Instability of Nonzonal Flows. - 7.14 Barotropic Instability. - 7.15 Instability of Currents with Horizontal and Vertical Shear. - 7.16 Nonlinear Theory of Baroclinic Instability. - 7.17 Instability of Non parallel Flow. - 8 Ageostrophic Motion. - 8.1 Anisotropic Scales. - 8.2 Continental-Shelf Waves. - 8.3 Slow Circulation of a Stratified, Dissipative Fluid. - 8.4 The Theory of Frontogenesis. - 8.5 Equatorial Waves. - Selected Bibliography. - Index.
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin oben
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 95
    Signatur: AWI E1-89-0347
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 50 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: Preface. - Part I German oceanographic institutions. - Part II German oceanographic expeditions. - Part III German oceanographers. - References.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 96
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Leipzig : Akademie der Wissenschaften der DDR, Zentralinstitut für Isotopen- und Strahlenforschung
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: ZSP-980-131
    In: ZfI-Mitteilungen, Nr. 131
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 142 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0323-8776
    Serie: ZfI-Mitteilungen 131
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Einleitung. - 2. Aufgabenstellung. - 3. Untersuchungen zur Beschreibung des von Meßgutinhomogenitäten verursachten Meßfehlers. - 3.1. Berechnung der Größe des Meßfehlers für verschiedene Meßanordnungen. - 3.1.1. Transmissionsmessung mit Gammastrahlung. - 3.1.2. 2-Energien-Gammastrahlungs-Transmissionsmeßverfahren. - 3.1.3. Streumeßverfahren. - 3.1.4. Andere Meßverfahren. - 3.2. Experimentelle Überprüfung. - 3.2.1. Ziel der Experimente. - 3.2.2. Beschreibung des Meßaufbaues. - 3.2.3. Durchführung und Ergebnisse der Experimente. - 3.2.4. Größe der Meßgutinhomogenitäten an zwei konkreten Aschemeßstellen. - 4. Vier Verfahren zur Eliminierung und Korrektur des Einflusses der Meßgutinhomogenitäten. - 4.1. Messung des Inhomogenitätsparemeters γ und nachträgliche Korrektur. - 4.1.1. Prinzip des Verfahrens. - 4.1.2. Eine Methode zur Messung des Parameters γ an schnell bewegtem Meßgut. - 4.1.2.1. Beschreibung der γ-Meßmethode. - 4.1.2.2. Experimenteller Test der γ-Meßmethode. - 4.1.3. Hinweise zur Anwendung. - 4.2. Unterteilung der Gesamtmaßzeit in kurze Elementarmeßzeiten. - 4.2.1. Prinzip des Verfahrens. - 4.2.2. Probleme des Verfahrens. - 4.2.2.1. Überblick. - 4.2.2.2. Rechenzeit. - 4.2.2.3. Statistische Effekte durch das Logarithmieren kleiner Impulszahlen. - 4.2.2.4. Restfehler, verursacht durch noch verbleibende r-Schwankungen während der Elementarmeßzeit. - 4.2.3. Erfahrungen bei der praktischen Anwendung. - 4.3. Messung mit langer Totzeit. - 4.3.1. Prinzip des Verfahrens. - 4.3.2. Messung mit nachgeführter Totzeit. - 4.3.3. Messung mit zwei unterschiedlichen Totzeiten. - 4.4. Meßsignalgewinnung aus der Zeitintervallverteilung. - 4.4.1. Prinzip des Verfahrens. - 4.4.2. Experimentelle Überprüfung. - 4.4.3. Probleme des Verfahrens. - 4.4.4. Messung mit speziellem Impulsgenerator zur Linearisierung der mittleren Impulsdichte. - 5. Vergleich der Verfahren zur Eliminierung und Korrektur des Einflusses der Meßgutinhomogenitäten. - 6. Konzept für ein Aschemeßgerät auf der Basis der 2-Energien-Gammastrahlungs-Transmission mit Signalgewinnung aus der Zeitintervallverteilung. - 7. Zusammenfassung und Schlußfolgerungen. - Anlagen 1 - 19. - Erläuterung der Formelzeichen, der Indizes und einiger Begriffe. - Literaturverzeichnis.
    Standort: AWI Archiv
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 97
    Signatur: AWI G6-19-93060
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 6 Seiten, 29 Blätter, 7 Seiten
    Sprache: Deutsch , Französisch , Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 98
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Boulder, Colo. : Plant Ecology Laboratory, Institute of Arctic and Alpine Research University of Colorado
    Signatur: AWI G3-23-94998
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 29, 27 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Serie: U.S. Department of Energy R4D Program Data Report
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Table of Contents List of figures, tables, appendices Introduction Methods Locations of the transects Site factors Soil Chemical properties Soil pH Cations NO3 Total P and SO4 Vegetation sampling Results Discussion Conclusions Acknowledgements References Figures Tables Appendices
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 99
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Inst. für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: ZSP-168-40
    In: Berichte zur Polarforschung
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 161 S. : graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISSN: 0176-5027
    Serie: Berichte zur Polarforschung 40
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 100
    Signatur: AWI G7-88-0758
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: X, 368 S. , Ill., Kt.
    ISBN: 9027723702
    Serie: Glaciology and Quaternary Geology 4
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: TABLE OF CONTENTS: Preface. - List of participants. - The West Antarctic Ice Sheet : the need to understand its dynamics / C. J. VAN DER VEEN. - Force budget of ice sheets / I. M. WHILLANS. - On the oceanic circulation near a shelf-ice edge / G. J. F. VAN HEIJST. - Quantitative estimates of the mass flux and ice movement along the ice edges in the eastern and southern Weddell Sea / M. A. LANGE. - Some aspects of the flow of the Ronne Ice Shelf / C. S. M. DOAKE. - Unconfined ice-shelf flow / L. W. MORLAND. - Plane and radial ice-shelf flow with prescribed temperature profile / L. W. MORLAND and R. ZAINUDDIN. - Ice-shelf backpressure : form drag versus dynamic drag / D. R. MACAYEAL. - Ice stream-ice shelf interaction in West Antarctica / R. A. BINDSCHADLER, D. R. MACAYEAL and S. N. STEPHENSON. - A few preliminary results from the glaciogeophysical survey of the interior Ross Embayment (GSIRE) / C. R. BENTLEY, S. SHABTAIE, D. D. BLANKENSHIP, R. B. ALLEY and S. T. ROONEY. - On the flow within the transition zone between ice sheet and ice shelf / K. HERTERICH. - The finite-element method applied to a time-dependent flowband model / J. L. FASTOOK. - Longitudinal stresses and basal sliding : a comparative study / C. J. VAN DER VEEN. - A subglacial aquifer bed model and water pressure dependent basal sliding relationship for a West Antarctic ice stream / C. S. LINGLE and T. J. BROWN. - The heat budget of the Ross drainage basin / J. OEKLEMANS. - Numerical modelling of the large-scale basal water flux under the West Antarctic Ice Sheet / W. F. BUDD and D. JENSSEN. - Modelling the response of the West Antarctic Ice Sheet to a climatic warming / W. F. BUDD, B. J. MCINNES, D. JENSSEN and I. N. SMITH. - Subject index. - Geographic index.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
Schließen ⊗
Diese Webseite nutzt Cookies und das Analyse-Tool Matomo. Weitere Informationen finden Sie hier...